woden, athllon, mawson (wam) community, sport and recreation (csr) facility study phase 4: report

Buckley Vann TOWN PLANNING CONSULTANTS•E,

VIRO ENT A ,D & M A I / 'A LE DEVELO,D ME iT DIRECT' RATE (ESDD): ACT G •VE N ZNT WODEN, ATHLLON, MAWSON (WAM) COMMUNITY, SPORT AND RECREATION (CSR) FACILITY STUDY Phase 4: Narrative Report

DECEMBER 2012

DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES

STRATEGIC PLANNING

SPECIAUST PLANNING

atlasgibuckleyvann.com.au ienw.buckleyvann.com.ou

Prepared by:

Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group

Document Management Author/s: Consultant Team Reviewer/s: Consultant Team Date: 21 December 2012

Version History

Version Version Date Approved By Details of Version

A 16.11.12 Consultant Team Final report for ESDD

B 21.12.12 Consultant Team Amended Final Report

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1

1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Facility Study 1 1.2 Purpose and Structure of this Report 1

2 Socio-Economic Profiles 2

2.1 Study Areas 2 2.2 Australian Capital Territory (ACT) 4 2.3 Woden Valley District 8 2.4 Woden Valley District and Weston Creek District 16 2.5 Woden Town Centre 23 2.6 Mawson Group Centre Catchment 31

2.7 Summary of Findings 38 2.7.1 ACT 38 2.7.2 Woden Valley District 38 2.7.3 Woden Valley and Weston Creek Districts 39 2.7.4 Woden Town Centre 39 2.7.5 Mawson Group Centre Catchment 40

3 Projected Socio-Economic Profiles 41

3.1 Growth Scenarios 41 3.2 Study Areas 41 3.3 Woden Town Centre and Woden Valley District 42

3.3.1 Approach 42 3.3.2 Projected Age and Sex Profile 43 3.3.3 Projected Dwellings / Households 46 3.3.4 Projected Income, Workforce and Unemployment 50

3.4 Weston Creek District 53 3.5 Molonglo Valley District 54

4 Demand Analysis - Community Facilities 55

4.1 Projecting Future Needs 55 4.1.1 Overview of Demand Methodology 55 4.1.2 Development of Desired Standards of Service (DSS) 56 4.1.3 Applying the DSS to Population Projections 58

4.2 Factors Likely to Influence Demand 58 4.3 Demand Analysis 60

5 Demand Analysis — Sport and Recreation Facilities 184

5.1 Projecting Future Needs 184 5.1.1 Overview of Demand Methodology 184 5.1.2 DSS and the Adequacy of Current Supply 184

5.2 Factors Likely to Influence the Demand 188 5.2.1 Trends Influencing Demand for Sport and Recreation Facilities 188 5.2.2 Trends influencing participation in sport 190 5.2.3 Participation in exercise, recreation and sport 191

Page i Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,

Strategic Leisure Group.

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development

Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

5.2.4 Implications of Adult Participation Trends for Woden and Mawson Planning 199 5.2.5 Children's participation in Leisure and sport 200 5.2.6 Trends Emerging in Children's Participation (Australia) 204

5.3 Demand Analysis 206

5.3.3 Demand Analysis Model Output for Woden District 209 5.3.4 Demand generated from the Workforce 213 5.3.5 Demand Indicated by the Proposed DSS Application to Growth Projections 215

6 Next Phases 218 References 219

APPENDICES Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C:

TABLES

Key Demographic Indicators Detailed Desired Standards of Services (DSS) Table (CSR facilities) Demand Analysis Model (Community Facilities)

Table 1: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011 5 Table 2: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, ACT, 1996-2011 5 Table 3: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, ACT, 1996-2011 6 Table 4: Household and Family Summary, ACT, 2011 6 Table 5: Household and Family Types, ACT, 1996-2011 7 Table 6: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 9 Table 7: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 10 Table 8: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley District, 1996- 2011 11 Table 9: Household Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 11 Table 10: Family Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 11 Table 11: Household and Family Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 12 Table 12: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 13 Table 13: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley, 1996-2011 14 Table 14: Labour Force, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 15 Table 15: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 16 Table 16: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 17 Table 17: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996- 2011 18 Table 18: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 18 Table 19: Household and Family Summary, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 19 Table 20: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 20 Table 21: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 21 Table 22: Labour Force, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 22 Table 23: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 22 Table 24: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011 24

Page ii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 25: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Phillip, 1996-2011 25 Table 26: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Phillip, 1996-2011 26 Table 27: Household and Family Summary, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 26 Table 28: Household and Family Types, Phillip, 1996-2011 27 Table 29: Industry of Employment, Phillip, 1996-2011 29 Table 30: Labour Force, Phillip and ACT, 2011 29 Table 31: Non-school qualification, Phillip and ACT, 2011 30 Table 32: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 32 Table 33: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 33 Table 34: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 34 Table 35: Household and Family Summary, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011

34 Table 36: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 35 Table 37: Labour Force, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011 37 Table 38: Non-school qualification, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011 37 Table 39: Dwelling types, Belconnen (suburb), 1996-2011 42 Table 40: Projected Age profile, 'incoming' population compared to current population in Phillip (suburb) 43 Table 41: Projected Age profile, Phillip including 'incoming' population 44 Table 42: Projected Age profile, Woden Valley district 44 Table 43: Projected Age profile, Younger age groups, Woden Valley district 44 Table 44: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, Low development demand 47 Table 45: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, Low development demand 47 Table 46: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, High development demand 47 Table 47: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand 48 Table 48: Household profile, Phillip, High development demand 49 Table 49: Household profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand 49 Table 50: Projected Income profile, Woden Valley District 50 Table 51: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021

52 Table 52: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley or Weston Creek district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021 52 Table 53: Projected income profile, Woden Valley District 53 Table 54: Desired Standards of Service (DSS) — Community Facilities 56 Table 55: Sport and Recreation Facility DSS and Capacity of Current Supply to Accommodate Future Demand 185 Table 56: Top 20 Exercise, recreation & sport activities of Australians aged 15 years and older (by Age Cohorts) for 2010 192 Table 57: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australians aged 15 years and over (2001-2010) 193 Table 58: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory residents aged 15 years and over (2001-2010) 195

Page iii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 59: Top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities for Australian Capital Territory Men and Women aged 15 yrs and over (2010) 196 Table 60: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Males aged 15 yrs and over (2001- 2010) 197 Table 61: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Females aged 15 yrs and over (2001- 2010) 198 Table 62: Adult Participation trends- ACT 2001-2010 (top 20) 200 Table 63: Participation in Organised Sport or Dancing for Children (aged 5-14) in 2009 202 Table 64: Participation rate (%) in Australia for the top selected organised cultural activities and organised sports most frequently participated in by children aged 5 to 14 years (2000, 2003, 2006, 2009) 203 Table 65: Gender breakdown of participation rates in the top 10 organised sports most frequently participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009) 204 Table 66: Gender breakdown of participation rates in organised cultural activities participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009) 205 Table 67: Gender breakdown of attendance rates at cultural venues and events by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009) 205 Table 68 Broad Demand Projections for population growth scenarios- annual participants (using ACT ERASS participation data 2011 and National Children's participation data 2012) 209 Table 69 Possible participation rates in daytime sport and recreation activities among the Woden Valley workforce who are not residents of the Woden Valley 214 Table 70; Sport and Recreation Facilities Needs Identified by Applying the Proposed DSS to Growth Scenarios 215

FIGURES Figure 1: Areas for the Demographic Analysis 2 Figure 2: Age Structure, ACT (blue), Australia (outline), 2011 4 Figure 3: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011 5 Figure 4: Household and Family Types, ACT, 2011 7 Figure 5: Median income, ACT and Australia Figure 6: Age structure, Woden Valley District (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011 9 Figure 7: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 10 Figure 8: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 12 Figure 9: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 13 Figure 10: Median Income, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011 14 Figure 11: Age structure, Woden Valley and Weston Creek (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011 17 Figure 12: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 18 Figure 13: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, and ACT, 2011 19 Figure 14: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 20 Figure 15: Woden Town Centre and Phillip 23 Figure 16: Age structure, Phillip (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011 24 Figure 17: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011 25 Figure 18: Household and Family Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 26

Page iv Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Figure 19: Dwelling Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 27 Figure 20: Median Income, Phillip, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011 28 Figure 21: Mawson Group Centre and Catchment 31 Figure 22: Age structure, Mawson Group Centre Catchment (blue) and Woden Valley District (outline), 2011 32 Figure 23: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 33 Figure 24: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 35 Figure 25: Dwelling Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 36 Figure 26: Age and Sex profile projected (blue) and existing (outline), 2021, Woden Valley district 45

ACRONYMS

ABS Australian Bureau of Statistics

ACT Australian Capital Territory

AMC Alexander Maconochie Centre

ASGS Australian Statistical Geography Standard

BAF Building Area Factor

CAF Central Area Factor

CIT Canberra Institute of Technology

CMCD Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate

CSD Community Services Directorate

DEEWR Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations

DSS Desired Standards of Service

ERP Estimated Resident Population

ESA Emergency Services Agency

ESDD Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate

ETD Education and Training Directorate

EWE Full-time Workload Equivalent

GP General Practice

HD Health Directorate

JACSD Justice and Community Safety Directorate

LAF Local Area Factor

Page v Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,




NTE Night-time economy'

PPA Priority Placement Area

SA Statistical Area

SEIFA Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas

SLA Statistical Local Area

TAMSD Territory and Municipal Services Directorate

WAM Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre

WCS Woden Community Services

Page vi Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



I Introduction 1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Facility Study

This narrative report has been prepared by Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group in fulfilment of a deliverable for The Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre) Community Sport and Recreation Facility Study (hereafter termed the WAM CSR Facility Study'), for the Strategic City Planning and Design Branch of the Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), of the ACT Government.

The aim of the WAM CSR Facility Study is to provide a background technical report that will inform a review of the Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004) and preparation of a Master Plan for the Mawson Group Centre and Athllon Drive to occur in 2013 (the 'parent projects'). The Master Plans will inform the development of ACT Government Territory Plan Precinct Codes, guiding land use and providing development controls for these Centres.

1.2 Purpose and Structure of this Report

This report provides a progress update relating to the tasks undertaken for phase 4 of the overall project plan prepared by the project team and approved by ESDD in response to the study brief.

The report is structured to align with the key tasks and deliverables set out in the project plan as follows:

• Section 2: Socio-Economic Profiles (refer task 4.1 of project plan); • Section 3: Projected Socio-Economic Profiles (refer task 4.2 of project plan); • Section 4: Demand Analysis including Desired Standards of Service for community

facilities (refer tasks 4.3 to 4.5 of project plan); and • Section 5: Demand Analysis including Desired Standards of Service for sport and

recreation facilities (refer tasks 4.3 to 4.5 of project plan).

Page 1 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



2 Socio-Economic Profiles

2.1 Study Areas A demographic analysis has been undertaken for the following study areas:

• Australian Capital Territory (Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) ASGS SA4 8011);

• Woden Valley/Weston Creek Districts (ASGS 5A3 80109 and SA3 80108);

• Woden Valley District (ASGS SA3 80109);

• Phillip (Woden Town Centre) (ASGS SA2 801091109); and

• Mawson Group Centre Catchment (ASGS SA1 — Mawson 801091106, Farrer 801091101, Torrens 801091110, Isaacs 801091104 and Pearce 801091108).

Figure 1 shows the geographic areas used in this analysis and Appendix A provides a summary table of key demographic indicators for each study area as well as comparative data for the whole of Australia.

Figure 1: Areas for the Demographic Analysis t•q:01.ht-S..!1t.h,

CAP.T.TAI tiNTICIt)

,

ittAitIU FOrirsit$T

,

tift4t1;,11

Qt•Ctittl5

400.01

eztr14 WODEN VALLEYmais

FlEll HILL

lis,:sks&ARRI■tt Dnit,tirir

nigrt W W I MINN

WESTON CREEK . vIW ' •

- inAuNc WAIVA4AVA

Philip

ck-Lcr,

I The ABS recently updated statistical boundaries to the Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS). The smallest geographic area for which statistics are made available is called a statistical area level 1 (SA1), and these are aggregated to provide data for larger areas (SA2-SA4). In order to be clear about the areas being examined, the statistical area numbers have been included here.




Time series data published by ABS after the 2006 and 2011 Censuses of Population and Housing ('the Censuses'), encompassing the years 1996, 2001, 2006 and 2011, are used in this analysis. Between 2006 and 2011 there was a change in geographical boundaries used in the Census and therefore data for the combined Woden Valley District and Weston Creek District areas from the 2006 time series profile (data for 1996) will not be directly comparable to data from the 2011 time series profile (data for 2001, 2006 and 2011), however all other areas are comparable. It is also considered adequate for the purposes of general comparison of socio-economic

characteristics.

The time series data is based on place of enumeration2, whereas other data in this section is based on place of usual residence3 and population estimations as estimated resident population (ERP)4. The most appropriate data has been used in the demographic profile however this does mean that data which is not always directly comparable is included. This is simply a result of the way in which data is provided by ABS and is not considered to affect the analysis. The source and type of data used has been noted throughout.

The Molonglo Valley district is located immediately north of Weston Creek, south of the district of Belconnen and west of the Tuggeranong Parkway. The valley is currently being prepared for Greenfield development by the ACT Government over a 30 year timeframe in three (3) stages, with Stage 1 already under construction, Stage 2 currently being planned and Stage 3 yet to be fully investigated. Although the Molonglo Valley district will be a growth area over the next 20 years, the current population of the area is very small. The Molonglo district could not be isolated from much larger areas using the smallest geographic area available in the 2011 Census. A single statistical area (SA1) that includes the future Molonglo district, also included large areas to the west of the ACT, and therefore an accurate measure of the current population in Molonglo could not be achieved. However even these much larger areas had small populations — around 500 people in total. The statistical areas and their populations were:

• Statistical Area (Level 1) 8102801 (59.9 sq kms) -27 people; and

• Statistical Area (Level 1) 8102701 (485.3 sq kms) -489 people.

The Molonglo district has therefore been excluded from this demographic analysis.

2 The place where a person is counted on Census Night (ABS 2011). 3 The place where a person usually lives. It may or may not be the place where they are counted on Census Night (ABS 2011). 4 The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of population, and is based on the concept of usual residence. ERP "...refers to all people, regardless of nationality, citizenship or legal status, who usually live in Australia, with the exception of foreign diplomatic personnel and their families. The ERP includes usual residents who are overseas for less than 12 months and excludes overseas visitors who are in Australia for less then 12 months." (ABS 2011)

Page 3 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,



Directorate (ESDO) WAM CSR Facility Study

2.2 Australian Capital Territory (ACT)5

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of the ACT at June 30 2011 was 367,752 people (ABS 2012c). At the 2011 Census, the population based on place of usual residence was recorded as being 356,586 people (ABS 2012a).

The ACT had a similar age breakdown to Australia in 2011, with slightly higher proportions of

young adults (20-39 years of age) and lower proportions of older people (over 55 years of age),

see Figure 2. The median age for the ACT population was 34 years, compared with 37 years for Australia (ABS 2012a).

Figure 2: Age Structure, ACT (blue), Australia (outline), 2011

95+ Males 80-84 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 ' 15-19 10-14

5-9 0-4

ii [

LI Ii 5% 3% 1% 1% 3%

Females

5%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B04]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

The proportion of children (0-14 years of age) decreased quite significantly in the ACT between 1996 and 2011, from 23 per cent to 19 per cent (ABS 2012b). The proportion of the population in the 55-64 years and 65 years and older age groups increased from around 7 per cent in 1996, to above 10 per cent in 2011 (see Table 1 and Figure 3).

5 Some demographic information is available on the area termed 'Canberra + 1' which has been assumed as the catchment area for the highest (non-national) level of CSR facilities in the study area. This is available from 'Canberra Plus 1' — Recent Population Trends, prepared by the ACT Demographer, Economic, Regional and Planning Policy, Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate, April 2012. However the ACT area comprises the largest share of this population (77% in 2011) and the majority of growth (71.7% in the last decade) and has subsequently been used as an indicator of the demographic profile of this catchment area due to the availability of full Census information.





Table 1: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011

1 Age Group. ' 1996 2001 . ,

2006 2011

0-14 67,459 23% 65,577 21% 63,129 19% 66,911 19%

15-24 51,787 17% 49,856 16% 51,520 16% 54,901 15°k

25-34 49,293 17% 48,782 16% 50,279 15% 58,118 16%

35-44 48,163 16% 48,582 16% 49,214 15% 53,133 15%

45-54 39,888 13% 45,268 15% 46,357 14% 48,259 14%

55-64 19,532 7% 25,444 8% 33,784 10% 38,435 11%

65+ 21,053 7% 25,675 8% 30,698 9% 37,134 10%

Total 297,175 100% 309,184 100% 324,981 100% 356,891, 100%

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Figure 3: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011

0. a.

80,000 -

70,000 -60,000

50,000 -

40,000 -

30,000 -

20,000

10,000

0

1996 e 2 0 0 1 2006 • 2011


Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders There were approximately 5,150 people who identified as being Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander people in the ACT at the time of the 2011 Census (ABS 2012a). The number and proportion of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people has steadily increased in the ACT since '1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b); however this may be due to increased reporting.

Table 2: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, ACT, 1996-2011 IM-' 09611EN tiMpoiNfin =poop infiligolli

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

2,899 1.0% ' 3,576 1,1% 3,967 1.2% 5,239 1.5%'

,

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP TO I]; ABS 2007 [TSP T01]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




Ethnicity There were 41,663 people born overseas in non-English speaking countries living in the ACT in 2011 (ABS 2012a), comparable to the proportion for Australia as a whole (11.7% compared to 11.6 per cent for Australia). The most common of these included 1.8% from China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan), 1.6% from India (1.6%) and 0.8% from Vietnam (ABS 2012a).

The number and proportion of people in this group has increased since 1996, quite substantially between 2006 and 2011. During this time period, the number of people born overseas in non-English

speaking countries has increased from 31,712 to 41,663, or from 9.8 per cent to 11.7 per cent of the ACT population (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 3: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, ACT, 1996-2011 2006

Born overseas in non-English speaking country

28,937 9.7% 28,842 9.3% 31,712 9.8% 41,663 11.7%


Household Structure Combined data for families and households6 shows that the ACT had a similar household and family structure to Australia, with slightly higher proportions of couple families with children, and group households, and slightly lower proportions of other household types (ABS 2012a) (see Table 4 and Figure 4).

Table 4: Household and Family Summary, ACT, 2011 J-lougellold.,arnl.Fmily„Snmmary ',' ,"ACT' Australia

., Total private occupied dwellings 129,425 l i s a f2-.

Couple family with children 32.9% 31.9%

Couple family without children 26.7% 27.1%

Lone Person Households 23.4% 24.3%

One parent family 10.3% 11.3%

Group Households 5.6% 4.1%

Other family type 1.1% 1.2%

Source: ABS 2012 [BCP B25,830];

6 Data for households and families have been combined by assuming that the proportions of each type of the additional family in a multiple family household is the same as the proportions for total families. The number of multiple family households is relatively small, and therefore this assumption should not adversely impact the statistics.




Figure 4: Household and Family Types, ACT, 2011 ACT

Group Other family Households type

One parent family

Lone Person Households

Couple family with children

Couple family without Children

Australia

D r o o p Other family Households 'We

f a r * Alit. One parent



Couple family without children


Time series data shows that the proportion of couple families with children in the ACT has decreased quite substantially since 1996, from 38.5 per cent of the population in 1996, to 33.2 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of couple families without children has increased quite substantially from 22.2 per cent to 26.5 per cent. The change in the proportions of other household and family types has not been as significant over this time period (see Table 5).

Table 5: Household and Family Types, ACT, 1996-2011 rH o t - i P gil ir9t7tun a rinill 2006

Couple family with children 40,133 38.5% 39,246 35.6% 39,584 33.9% 42,972 33.2%

Couple family without children 23,085 22.2% 26,742 24.2% 30,011 25.7% .34,358 26.5%

Lone person households 22,353 21.5% 25,516 23.1% 27,119 23.2% 30,248 23.4%

One parent family 11,412 11.0% 12,338 11.2% 12,563 10.7% 13,195 10.2%

Group households 5,937 5.7% 5,224 4.7% 6,293 5.4% 7,198 5.6%.

Other family type 1,191 1.1% 1;282 1.2% 1,346 1.2% 1,454 1.1%

Total 104,111 100.0% 110,348 100.0% 116,916 100.0% 129,425 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T143; ABS 2007 [TSP T141, Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type o f the primaty family is included.

Income The ACT had higher median incomes compared to Australia (see Figure 5). The median weekly individual income was $918, compared to $577 for Australia, the median weekly household income was $2,277, compared to $1,481 for Australia, and the median weekly family income was $1,920, compared to $1,234 for Australia (ABS 2012a).




Figure 5: Median income, ACT and Australia

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

re ACT WAustralia

Medan Individual Income Median Family Income Median Household Income (weekly) (weekly) (weekly)


2.3 Woden Valley District

The Woden Valley district includes the suburbs of Curtin, Hughes, Lyons, Phillip, Garran, Chifley, O'Malley, Pearce, Torrens, Mawson, Farrer and Isaacs.

The estimated resident population of the Woden Valley district at June 30 2011 (preliminary revised) was 33,887 people (ABS 2012c) and the population based on place of usual residence at the 2011 Census was 32,958 people (ABS 2012a). The district makes up approximately 9.2 per cent of the total ACT population.

Age The median age of the Woden Valley district population was 40 years at the 2011 Census (ABS 2012a). This was older than the median age for the ACT at 34 years.

The age structure was quite flat (see




Figure 6), with a relatively consistent proportion of the population in each age group from 0-4 years to 50-54 years, and then decreasing for each age group to 85+ years. Compared to the ACT, the Woden Valley district has significantly lower proportions of people 20-24 years, 25-29 years and 30-34 years, and higher proportions of people in the age groups from 65-85+ years (ABS 2012a).




Figure 6: Age structure, Woden Valley District (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011

86+1 Males

80-84

75-79 I

70-74

65-69

60-64 I

55-59

50-54

45-49

40-44

35-39 ! 30-34 r, 25-29

I r-20-24

I

15-19

10-14 1

5-9 ,1

0-4 1

5%

1 1.

Females

3% 1% 1% 3% 5%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 804]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

Since 1996, the population of the Woden Valley district has increased by around 1,500 people (based on place of enumeration) (ABS 2007; 2012b). The numbers of people in the 45-54

years, 55-64 years and 65+ years have increased, while the numbers of people in all other age groups have declined over the past 15 years (see Table 6 and



Directorate (ESDD) VVAM CSR Facility Study

Figure 7).

Table 6: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 Age, Group

1996 2001 2006 2011

0-14 5,729 18% 5,653 18% 5,431 17% 5,634 17%

15-24 4,668 15% 4,221 13% 4,160 13% 4,119 12%

25-34 4,831 15% 4,218 13% 4,159 13% 4,354 13%

35-44 4,643 15% 4,790 15% 4,734 15% 4,611 14%

45-54 4,619 15% 4,450 14% 4,498 14% 4,759 14%

55-64 3,415 11% 3,669 12% 3,719 12% 3,678 11%

65+ 3,558 11% 4,335 14% 5,235 16% 5,862 18%

Total 31,463 100% 31,336 100% 31,936 100% 33,017 100%

Source: A B S 2012b [TSP T03]; A B S 2007 [TSP T031; Note: B a s e d on Place o f Enumeration




Figure 7: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011

7,000

6,000

5,000

5 4,000

a 3,000

2,000

1,000

1996 n2001 . 2 0 0 6 •2011

0-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 Year

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 LISP T03j; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders In 2011, around 360 people identified as being Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander, which

was equivalent to 1.1 per cent of the population at that time (ABS 2012a). Since 1996, the number of Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander people counted in the region on Census night has been variable, ranging from around 280 to 380 people (ABS 2007; 2012b). This group has generally made up around one (1) per cent of the population since 1996.

Table 7: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 1996 2006

Aboriginal and Torres Strait 281 0.9% 334 1.1% 285 0.9% 379 1.1% Islander

Source: ABS 2012b ITSP T011; ABS 2007 ITSP T011; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Ethnicity Approximately 4,600 people in the Woden Valley district were born overseas in non-English speaking countries (ABS 2012a), or 14.0 per cent of the population. This was a high proportion compared to the ACT, at 11.7 per cent. India (3.1%), China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan) (1.3%) and Sri Lanka (1.1%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

The number of people born overseas in non-English speaking countries increased significantly between 2006 and 2011, from around 3,590 people to around 4,620 people (ABS 2007; 2012b). Between 1996 and 2006, the number and proportion of people from non-English speaking backgrounds was relatively unchanged (see Table 8).





Table 8: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011

, • -..:;I: -.• • 1996 2001 2006


3,611 11.5% 3,317 10.6% 3,592 11.2% 4,621 14.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T081; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Household Structure Two-thirds (66.7%) of all households in the district were family households in 2011, which was slightly lower than the proportion for the ACT at 71.1 per cent (ABS 2012a). Around 28.5 per cent of households were lone person households, and the remaining 4.8 per cent of households were group households.

Table 9: Household Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Household Summary , Woden Valley

District =

ACT

.• ,

Total Households 12 964 129,425

Family Households 66.7% 71.1%



TOTAL '-,,:i 100.0% 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B30];

Of the 8,738 families in the district, 41.4 per cent were couple families without children, which was a higher proportion than for the ACT at 37.6 per cent (see Table 10) (ABS 2012a).

Table 10: Family Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Family Summary VVoden Valley District

ACT

Total Families 8 738 , 93 394,





TOTAL 100.0% 100.9%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B25];




Combining data for families and households', the Woden Valley district had a higher proportion of lone person households compared to the ACT. In Woden Valley, 28.5 per cent of households were lone person households, compared to 23.4 per cent for the ACT (ABS 2012a). The Woden Valley district also had slightly lower proportions of couple families with children, and one parent families (see Table 11). These figures are shown graphically in Figure 8 below.

Table 11: Household and Family Summary Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

' Household and Family Summary - -

Illi.ciCleii. VaIleif' : . District

. .AC'T '

Total prwate Occupied dwellings . 12,964' 129,425







Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B25,830];

Figure 8: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Woden Valley District

Group Other family Households VP.

One parent family




ACT


One parent family



Couple family valhout children


Between 1996 and 2011, the number and proportion of family households with children decreased in the Woden Valley district, while the number and proportion of family households without children increased8(ABS 2007; 2012b).

7 Data for households and families have been combined by assuming that the proportions of each type of the additional family in a multiple family household is the same as the proportions for total families. The number of multiple family households is relatively small, and therefore this assumption should not adversely impact the statistics. 8 In the time series data, only the family type of the primary family is included in the data, a slightly different methodology than that applied above.




Table 12: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 HousetiiiryilaZ 1996 2001,

, 2006


Couple family without children 3,131 25.2% 3,367 27.3% 3,443 27.6% 3,561 27.5%

Lone person households _ 3,572 28.7% 3,606 29.2% 3,579 28.7% 3,692 28.5%'


Group households 634 5.1% 564 4.6% 576 4.6% 623, 4.8%

Other family type 142 1.1% 128 1.0% 150 1.2% 126 1.0%

Total 12,432 100.0% 12,346 100.0% 12,480 100.0% 12,965. 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 [TSP T14]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type of the primary family is included.

Dwelling Structure and Tenure The majority of dwellings in the Woden Valley district were separate houses. Of the 12,965 private occupied dwellings counted in the 2011 Census, 68.0 per cent were separate houses, semi-detached dwellings made up 13.4 per cent of the total, and flats, units and apartments made up 18.6 per cent (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, there was a slightly lower proportion of separate houses (72.8 per cent), and a higher proportion of flats, units and apartments (12.4 per cent).

Figure 9: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Wodon Valley District

Rats, units

apartments, 18.6%

Semi-detached

Dwelling, 13.4%

Other Dwelling,

0,0%

Separate House, 68.0%

Semi-detached

14.5%

ACT

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 31];

In 2011, 36.5 per cent of dwellings in the Woden Valley district were fully owned, a higher proportion than for the ACT at 28.4 per cent. Dwellings being purchased made up 29.3 per cent, and dwellings being rented made up 32.1 per cent, compared to 38.9 per cent and 30.6 per cent for the ACT.

Income The median weekly individual income in the Woden Valley district was $948, the median weekly family income was $2,390 and the median weekly household income was $1,824 (ABS 2012a). These were similar figures to the ACT, but higher than incomes for Australia (see




Figure 10).




Figure 10: Median Income, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011

$3,000

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

• o d e n Valley District EJ ACT ti Australia

Median Individual Income Median Family Income (weekly) (weekly)

Medan Household Income (weekly)


Employment At the time of the 2011 census, there were 22,194 people working in the Woden Valley district. This number had increased on previous census years. Of these workers a large proportion did not reside in the Woden Valley district (78.4 per cent), which equates to approximately 17,400 workers in 2011.

In 2011, one third of all employed persons in the district were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 14 per cent in health care and social assistance and 10 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services industries (ABS 2012a). The higher proportion of residents working in the public administration and safety and health care and social assistance industries are likely to be related to the number of government offices and The Canberra Hospital located in the district. The proportion of workers employed in these top three industries has increased since 1996 (see Table 13) (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 13: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley, 1996-2011 InOustry,2•LEI_I=771.1=Mrient

-, • e 4=3:::.; ' Public administration and safety 4,407 27.7% 4,210 26.8% 5,169 31.6% 5,584 32.4%

Health care and social assistance 1,623 10.2% 1;754 ' 11.2% 1,946 11.9% 2,422 14.1%

Professional, scientific and technical services

1,280 8.1% 1,649 ' 10.5% 1,642 10.0% 1,740 10.1%

Education and training 1,680 10.6% 1,555 9.9% 1,443 8.8% 1,384 8.0%

Retail trade 1,154 7.3% 1,252 8.0%- 1,274 7.8% 1,229 7.1%

Accommodation and food services 861 5.4% ' 859 5.5% 883 5.4% 944 5.5%

Construction 658 4.1% 588 3.7% 672 • 4.1% 837 4.9%

Other services 596 3.8% 463 2.9% 515 3.1% 499 2.9%

Administrative and support services

316 2.0% 449 2.9% 349 2.1% 363 2.1%

Manufacturing 416 2.6% 446 2.8% 367 2.2% 321 1.9%

Information media and telecommunications

394 2.5% 475 3.0% 362 2.2% 292 1.7%

Transport, postal and warehousing 421 2.7% 366 2.3% 315 1.9% 283 1.6%

Financial and insurance services 364 2.3% 344 2.2% 275 1.7% 258




I t i c = 7 - 4 . E r T M m e r = i t 11011IXI 2006

Rental, hiring and real estate services

257 1.6% 294 1.9% 249 1.5% 257 1.5%

Arts and recreation services 256 1.6% 263 1.7% 257 1.6% 253 1.5%

Wholesale trade 300 1.9% 244 1.6% 208 1.3% 191 1.1%

Electricity, gas, water and waste services

49 0.3% 75 0.5% 78 0.5% 82 0.5%

Agriculture, forestry and fishing 59 0.4% 51 0.3% 57 0.3% 44 0.3%

Mining 6 0.0% 9 0.1% 4 0.0% 6 0.0%

Total 15,884 100.0% 15,695 100.0% 16,367 100.0% 17,233 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T33]; ABS 2007 [TSP T331; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration; Based on ANZSIC industry classifications;

On the night of the 2011 Census, the overall unemployment rate was reported to be 3.3 per cent (3.7% for men, and 2.9% for women), while the overall labour force participation rate was 65.2 per cent (69.1% for men, and 61.6% for women) (see Table 14) (ABS 2012a). The participation rate for women has increased by around two percentage points in the last 10 years (ABS 2012b). This may also reflect increases in hospital employment.

Table 14: Labour Force, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Household and Family Summary Woden Valley District ACT

Labour force participants 17,834 65.2% 202,876 69.9%

Employed persons (part time) 4,628 26.0% 50,947 25.1%

Employed persons (all) 17,240 96.7% 195,618 96.4%

Unemployed persons 589 3.3% 7,258 3.6%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B37]; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence;

For the June quarter 2012, Small Area Labour Force9 data estimates there were 524 unemployed people in the Woden Valley district and a workforce of 19,890 people (DEEWR 2012), which equates to a very low unemployment rate of 2.6 per cent. The highest unemployment rate of statistical local areas (SLAs) in the Woden Valley district was 3.5 per cent in Chifley, Lyons and Phillip, however even this rate is considered very low.

Education In the Woden Valley district, 73.5 per cent of the population over 15 years of age and no longer attending school had completed Year 12 (or equivalent). This was a higher proportion than for the ACT (69.1%) and Australia (49.2%) (ABS 2012a).

9 Small Area Labour Force data from the Federal Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations (DEEWR) is compiled from ABS Labour Force Survey data by Labour Force Region, Census data by Statistical Local Area and Centrelink data by postcode. The data exhibits considerable variability and is therefore smoothed over four quarters.




Of the population 15 years of age and older, 69.2 per cent had achieved a non-school qualification, including 15.6 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 26.0 per cent with a bachelor degree, 9.2 per cent with a diploma, and 10.8 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, the Woden Valley District had higher proportions of adults with bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 15).

Table 15: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 ' Qualification Woden Valley District

_ ACT

Post Graduate (Post Bachelor Degree) 3,002 15.6% 25,686 12.7%

Bachelor Degree 7,115 26.0% 61,830 21.3%

Diploma or Advanced Diploma 2,515 9.2% 26,047 9.0%

Certificate (I, II, Ill, or IV) 2,960 10.8% 39,034 13.4%

Non-school qualification 18,941 69.2% 187,169 64.5%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP Be10]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence;

SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage The Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage measures the social and economic conditions of areas across Australia based on income, employment, education and other indicators.

SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013. In 2006, the SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage scores were published at the statistical local area level, and not for statistical subdivisions. The statistical local areas which make up the Woden Valley were all in the 9th or 10th decile of relative disadvantage except Lyons which was part of the 7th decile (ABS 2008). This ranking suggests that the level of disadvantage was low relative compared to other areas in Australia.

2.4 Woden Valley District and Weston Creek District

The Weston Creek district is located to the immediate west of the Woden Valley district and includes the suburbs of Duffy, Holder, Weston, Rivett, Stirling, Waramanga, Chapman and Fisher. Demographic data for the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts has been combined by the consultant in this section.

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts at June 30 2011 was 57,105 people (ABS 2012c) and the population based on place of usual residence at the 2011 Census was 55,704 people (ABS 2012a). The combined area makes up approximately 15.5 per cent of the total ACT population.

Age The combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek district had a median age of 40.0 years at the last Census. This was much higher than the median age for the ACT at 34.0 years (ABS 2012a).

Page 19 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group,



The age structure of the combined region (see Figure 11 below) shows that, compared to the ACT, it had lower proportions of people in young adult age groups (15-40 years of age) and higher proportions of people in older age groups (60+) (ABS 2012a).

Figure 11: Age structure, Woden Valley and Weston Creek (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011

85+ Males

80-84

75-79

70-74

65-69

60-64

55-59

50-54

45-49

40-44

35-39

30-34

25-29

20-24

15-19

10-14

5-9

0-4 Fri

5% 3%

I 1 I I

.1 I

Femalesj

1:

Ti 1 % 1% 3% 5%

Source: ABS 2012 [BCP B041; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

The proportion of the population aged 65 years and over increased substantially in the past 15 years, from 10 per cent in 1996, to 17 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of young people, aged 15-24 years, decreased from 16 per cent to 12 per cent during this time period (see Table 16 and

Page 20 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Ply Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Figure 12)

Table 16: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

, Age Group 1996 2001 2006 2011

0-14 10,263 19% 9,745 18% 9,293 17% 10,007 18%

15-24 8,687 16% 7,261 14% 6,781 13% 6,499 12%

25-34 7,912 14% 7,296 14% 6,986 13% 7,013 13%

35-44 7,987 15% 7,862 15% 7,850 15% 8,085 15%

45-54 9,012 16% 8,202 15% 7,439 14% 7,657 14%

55-64 5,516 10% 6,410 12% 6,903 13% 6,424 12%

65+ 5,513 10% 6,776 13% 8,112 15% 9,535 17%

Total 54,890 100% 53,552 100% 53,364 100% 55,220 100%

Source: ABS 2012 ITSP TON; ABS 2007 [TSP TON; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




Figure 12: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

o.

12,000 —

10,000 --

8,000 --

6,000 —

4,000 —

2000 —

0 —

1996 la 2001 • 2006 im 2011

0-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 Year

45-54 55-64 65+

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T031; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders There were 645 Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander people in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area in 2011 (ABS 2012a). This was 1.2 per cent of the total population of the area. This proportion has been quite consistent during the past 15 years (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 17: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

2006



Ethnicity Approximately 6,500 people were born overseas in non-English speaking countries in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area, or 11.6 per cent of the total population (ABS 2012a), similar to the ACT as a whole. India (2.2%), China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan) (1.1%) and Germany (0.9%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

Since 1996, the number of people from non-English speaking backgrounds has increased from 5,564 people in 1996, to 6,452 people in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 18: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011


5,564 10.1% 5,110 9.5% 5,256 9.8% 6,452 11.7%

Source; ABS 2012 [TSP T08]; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




Household Structure The proportion of lone person households in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area was 26.8 per cent in 2011, compared to 23.4 per cent for the ACT (ABS 2012a). The proportion of couple families without children was 27.9 per cent, which was slightly higher than the proportion for the ACT, at 26.7 per cent. The proportions of couple families with children, one parent families and group households was slightly lower than the proportions for the ACT (see Table 19 and Figure 13).

Table 19: Household and Family Summary, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

Household and Family Summary VVoden Valley

District

VVoden Valley and Weston

Creek ACT

Total private occupied dwellings 12,964, 21,587 . ,

129;425 -

Couple family with children 29.6% 30.9% 32.9%

Couple family without children 27.6% 27.9% 26.7%

Lone Person Households 28.5% 26.8% 23.4%

One parent family 8.6% 9.3% 10.3%

Group Households 4.8% 4.2% 5.6%

Other family type 1.0% 0.9% 1.1%

Source: ABS 2012 IBCP B25,8301;

Figure 13: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, and ACT, 2011 Woden Valley District

Group Othef Dts1P/ Households ',Pe

One p r y nt Al



Couple family without chitdren

Woden Valley and Weston Creek

ACT







Time series data suggests that the proportion of lone person households has increased slightly since 1996, from 25.5 per cent to 26.8 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of couple families without children also increased, from 24.6 per cent in 1996 to 27.8 per cent in 2011. The proportion of couple families with children decreased from 34.4 per cent in 1996 to 31.1 per cent in 2011.

Table 20: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

, Household S u r = m a r Wiffilly 1996 2006



Lone person households 5,357 25.5% 5,590 26.7% 5,585 26.7% 5,779 26.8%


Group households 1,006 4.8% 808 3.9% 845 4.0% 905 4.2%


Total 20,979 100.0% 20,906 100.0% 20,904 100.0% 21,586 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 [TSP T14]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type o f the primary family is included.

Dwelling Structure and Tenure Approximately 74 per cent of dwellings in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area are separate houses (ABS 2012a). A higher proportion of homes in the Weston Creek area are separate houses (83.2%) compared to Woden Valley (68.0%). Semi-detached dwellings made

up 13.3 per cent of the combined area, and attached dwellings made up 12.6 per cent.

Figure 14: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

Semi-detached

Dwelling, 13.3%


Flats, units other Dwelling,

apartments, g00% 12.6%


ACT

Flats, units other & Dwelling

apartments, 02% 12.4%

Semi-611'4tac615h%negd,

Separate. House, 72.8%


At the 2011 Census, 37.1 per cent of dwellings were fully owned, 32.5 per cent were being purchased and 28.3 per cent were being rented (ABS 2012a). The proportion of dwellings which

were fully purchased was high compared to the ACT and Australia, at 28.4 per cent and 32.1

per cent respectively.

Income Median incomes are not available for amalgamated regions.

Page 24 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd. Strategic Leisure Group.



Employment In 2011, one third of all employed persons in the combined area were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 11.3 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services and 9.5 per cent in health care and social assistance industries (ABS 2012a). The proportion of workers employed in these top three industries has increased since 1996 (see Table 21) (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of the labour force employed in education and training has decreased 1.7 percentage points since 1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 21: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 1 [ M / t r y of EMIITIOyr"wrl'leot*,73:14'*

6, 199i A 2001 2006 2011

Public administration and safety 7,828 27.5% 7,279 _

26.5% 8,785 31.4% 9,431 32.8%

Health care and social assistance 2,752 9.7% 2,855 ,

10,4% 3,093 11.0% 3,624 ' 12.6%

Professional, scientific and technical services

2,244 7.9% 2,877 10.5% 2,753 9.8% 2,887 10.1%

.. Education and training 2,924 10.3% 2,771 10.1% 2,613 9.3% 2,490,

. 8.7%

Retail trade 2,249 7.9% 2,291 8.3% 2,218 7.9% 2,025 .

7.1%

Construction 1,149 4.0% 1,118 4.1% 1,296 4.6% 1,533 5.3%

Accommodation and food services 1,612 5.7% 1,543. 5.6% 1,450 5.2% 1,439 , 5.0%

Other services 1,117 3.9% 902 3.3% 901 3.2% 848 3.0%

Administrative and support services

576 2.0% 813 3.0% 649 2.3% 636 2.2%

Manufacturing 742 2.6% 845 3.1% 670 2.4% 544. 1.9%

Transport, postal and warehousing 843 3.0% 680 2.5% 578 2.1% 503 1.8%

Information media and telecommunications

701 2.5% 772 2.8% 564 2.0% 491 1.7%

Arts and recreation services 476 1.7% 456 1.7% 455 1.6% 452 1.6%

Financial and insurance services 599 2.1% 576 2.1% 458 1.6% 443 1.5%

Rental, hiring and real estate services

437 1.5% 463 .1.7% 396 1.4% 398 1.4%

Wholesale trade 548 1.9% 455 1.7% 351 1.3% 308 ,

1.1%

Electricity, gas, water and waste services

95 0.3% 155 0.6% 151 0.5% 180 0.6%

Agriculture, forestry and fishing 120 0.4% 95 0.3% 99 0.4% 68 0.2%

Mining 13 0.0% 9 0.0% 7 0.0% 10' 0.0% 'Tothl. 28,426 160.8% ' 27,493 100.0% 27,991 100.0% 28,712 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T33]; ABS 2007 [TSP T33]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration;

The overall unemployment rate for the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area was calculated to be 3.2 per cent (3.5% for men, and 2.9% for women) and the overall labour force participation rate was 65.4 per cent (69.5% for men, and 61.6% for women) (see Table 22) (ABS 2012a).




Table 22: Labour Force, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

• Household and Family Summary Woden Valley and , . , ._ , Weston Creek District ACT





Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B37]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence;

At the June quarter 2012, the unemployment rate in the Weston Creek district was 2.8 per cent (DEEWR 2012), which was similar to the unemployment rate in the Woden Valley district.

Education Of the population over 15 years of age and no longer attending school, 71.8 per cent had completed Year 12 (or equivalent), which was a high proportion compared to the ACT (69.1%) and Australia (49.2%) (ABS 2012a).

Of the population 15 years of age and older, 68.0 per cent had completed a non-school qualification, including 14.6 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 24.6 per cent with a bachelor degree, 9.5 per cent with a diploma, and 11.8 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, the Woden Valley District had higher proportions of adults with bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 23).

Table 23: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

qiialifiC itiiin . ;:.;. . ,

Wriideii Valley ' and .tiee'bitrici' tniefeirii ii

,,..„,..,..„. ,.. ACT z .


Bachelor Degree 11,261 24.6% 61,830 21.3%





SE1FA Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013.

In 2006, the statistical local areas which make up the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts

were all in the 9th or 10th decile of relative disadvantage except Lyons and Rivett which were ranked in the 7th and 8th decile respectively (ABS 2008). This ranking suggests that the level of disadvantage was low relative compared to other areas in Australia.




2.5 Woden Town Centre The Woden Town Centre is located in the centre of the Woden Valley district, within the suburb of Phillip. Data for the suburb of Phillip are used in this analysis as the most appropriate for the Woden Town Centre. A map showing the areas of Woden Town Centre and the suburb of Phillip is included below (Figure 15).

Figure 15: Woden Town Centre and Phillip

3:‘...,\1),% LYON$1■ ' 7 .

‘.1 ' woaen ,,1

i - '1 r Town Centret.-, IAMANGA

I 6111[FLEyo.) i r i ,

:,.,. ' - - '''' / \ ■') ri ,J.,' - .

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of Phillip at June 30 2011 was 2,161 people (ABS 2012c) and the population based on place of usual residence was 2,082 people (ABS 2012a)1°. The suburb of Phillip makes up approximately 6.4 per cent of the Woden Valley district. The residential area to the south east of the suburb", known as Swinger Hill Estate, which is not part of the Woden Town Centre had a population of 784 people in 2011 (ABS 2012a).

Age At the 2011 Census, the median age of the population in the suburb of Phillip was 32 years, which was substantially younger than the median age of the Woden Valley district at 40 years, and younger than the broader ACT population at 34 years (ABS 2012a). The age structure of Phillip was quite different to the ACT, with high proportions of people in the 25-29, 30-34, and 35-39 year age groups. The proportion of children was very low compared to the ACT.

IS Note that care should be exercised in relying on small area data. 11 The following statistical areas (SA1) were used for this area: 8110902 and 8110905.




Figure 16: Age structure, Phillip (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011

85+1 Males 80-64 !

75-79

70-74 !

65-69

60-64 !

55-59

50-54 !

45-49 1 40-44 35-39

30-34

25-29 !

20-24

15-19 !

10-14 !

5-9 ! 0-4 1,

11%

[

Females

6% 1% 4% 9%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 804]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

Since 1996, the number of people counted in Phillip has increased by 446, or around 25 per cent (ABS 2007; 2012b). The numbers of people in most age groups have increased across this period, however, the number of people in the 15-24 year age group decreased quite substantially from around 490 people in 1996 (29% of the population), to around 265 people in 2011 (13% of the population) (see Table 24 and Figure 17). The number and proportion of older people (65 years of age and over) have also increased during this time, although they still only make up a relatively small proportion of the total population, at 8 per cent (compared to Woden Valley district, for example, at 18 per cent).

Table 24: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011 ) W G i O l i V -:. 96; 2001 '2 '1. 2006 ' - 201 ''

0-14 80 5% 129 8% 121 6% 200 9%

15-24 489 29% 320 19% 411 21% 264 13%

25-34 582 35% 513 30% 556 28% 674 32%

35-44 224 13% 276, 16% 310 16% 353 17%

45-54 145 9% 240 14% 228 12% 254 12%

55-64 90 5% 122 7% 191 10% 192 9%

65+ 55 3% 87 5% 163 8% 174 8%

Total 1,665 100% 1,687 100% 1,980 100% 2,111 100%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




COO 2006


Figure 17: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T031; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders In 2011, around 31 people identified as being Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, which was equivalent to 1.5 per cent of the population of Phillip at the time (ABS 2012a). The proportion of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people has been quite variable since 1996, possibly due to the small number of people involved (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 25: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Phil ip, 1996-2011

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP TO1]; ABS 2007 [TSP T01]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Ethnicity Approximately 550 people were born overseas in non-English speaking countries according to the results of the 2011 Census. This number of people was equivalent to 26.3 per cent of the population of Phillip, which was a relatively high proportion compared to the Woden Valley district (14.0%) and the ACT (11.7%) (ABS 2012a). India (12.4%), Philippines (2.7%), China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan) (2.3%) and Sri Lanka (1.4%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

Times series data shows that the number and proportion of people from non-English speaking backgrounds has grown significantly in the suburb of Phillip. In 1996, this group made up 9.9 per cent of the total population, grew steadily to 13.1 per cent of the population in 2006, and made up 25.6 per cent of the population in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b).





Table 26: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Phillip, 1996-2011

. 1996 2006


166 9.9% 202 11.9% 259 13.1% 541 25.6%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T08]; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Household Structure In 2011, Phillip had very low proportions of couple families with children and one parent families, and high proportions of lone person households and group households, compared to both the Woden Valley district and the ACT (ABS 2012a). Lone person households made up almost half of all households.

Table 27: Household and Family Summary Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

• , .' ' ' . . Household and Family Summary

. , . . . . , , Phillip

'

VvOa'A'" Valley

District ACT

'Total private occupied dwell ings, _

i 1 6e1, . 444 . 129,,i25 .

Couple family with children 11.9% 29.6% 32.9%

Couple family without children 25.7% 27.6% 26.7%

Lone Person Households 46.7% 28.5% 23.4%

One parent family 5.4% 8.6% 10.3%

Group Households 9.0% 4.8% 5.6%

Other family type 1.4% 1.0% 1.1%


Figure 18: Household and Family Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Phillip

Couple Family without children

WodenValley District

PCT

Other firmly Group

Households typo

"="41



11111%

• i Couple family

,

41111011°

,.,

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B25,B30];




The proportion of lone person households has slightly decreased since 1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b). In 1996, 48.2 per cent of all households were lone person households, and in 2001 this household type peaked at 53.3 per cent. Since 1996, there has been an increase in the number and proportion of couple families with children, increasing from around 55 households and 5.7 per cent of all households in 1996, to around 133 households and 12.2 per cent of households in 2011 (see Table 28).

Table 28: Household and Family Types, Phillip, 1996-2011 HousohOld Sta=111Ennaly

Couple family with children 55 5.7% 52 5.5% 71 7.0% 133 12.2%

Couple family without children 216 22.4% 211 22.4% 251 24.8% 277 25.3%

Lone person households 465 48.2% 503 53.3% 492 48.6% 510' 46.6%

One parent family 59 6.1% 64 6.8% 55 5.4% 61 5.6%

Group households 151 15.7% 99 10.5% 116 11.5% 95. 8.7%


Total 964 100.0% 944 100.0% 1,012 100.0% 1,094 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 [TSP T14]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type of the primary family is included.

Dwelling Structure and Tenure There were large proportions of flats, units and apartments and semi-detached dwellings in Phillip in 2011 (ABS 2012a). Of the 1,095 private occupied dwellings, 52.7 per cent were flats, units and apartments, and 45.1 per cent were semi-detached dwellings. Only 2.2 per cent of private occupied dwellings were separate houses, which was a significantly lower proportion than for the Woden Valley district, at 68.0 per cent, and the ACT, at 72.8 per cent.

Figure 19: Dwelling Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Flats, units

apartments, 52.7%

Phillip

Other Dwelling, Separate

0.0% I-louse, 2.2%

Semi-detached

Dwelling, 45.1%

Flats, units

apartments, 18.6%

Woden Valtay District

Other Dwelling,

0.0%

detld

Dwelling, _Amid 13.4%






The majority of dwellings (58.8%) in the suburb were being rented, and most of these (58.3% of those being rented) were being rented through a real estate agent. This was a high proportion of rented dwellings, compared to the Woden Valley district (32.1%) and the ACT (30.6%). Other forms of tenure, including dwellings fully owned and being purchased, made up a lower proportion of the total dwelling stock.

Income In 2011, the median individual income in Phillip was $1,079 per week, the median family income was $2,018 per week and the median household income was $1,589 per week. The median individual income was higher than for Woden Valley and ACT, but the median family and household incomes were slightly lower (see Figure 20). The median incomes for Phillip were well above the median incomes for Australia.

Figure 20: Median Income, Phillip, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011

$3,000

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

le Phillip 2 Woden Valley District QACT oAustralia

Median Individual Income Median Family Income (weekly) (weekly)

Medan Household Income (weekly)

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B02]; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence

Employment In 2011, 35.6 per cent of all employed persons in Phillip were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 21.6 per cent in health care and social assistance industries and 8.8 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services (ABS 2012a). The higher proportion of residents working in the public administration and safety and health care and social assistance industries is likely to be related to the number of government offices and the Canberra Hospital located in, and adjacent to, the town centre.



Directorate (ESDD) \NAM CSR Facility Study

The proportion of workers employed in the health care and social assistance industry has increased substantially in Phillip between 1996 and 2011 (see Table 29), while the proportion employed in education and training has decreased by 3.0 percentage points since 1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 29: Industry of Employment, Phillip, 1996-2011 In=lstry,SEllur-F2-PromMIUMnent 1996 ' . A % E n

. -006 . -130011`•"7

Public administration & safety 428 33.6% 450 37.4% 486 36.4% 507 ' 35.8%

Health care & social assistance 144 11.3% 144 12.0% 211 15.8% 305 21.5%

Professional, scientific & technical services

115 9.0% 123 10.2% 140 10.5% 127 9.0%

Accommodation & food services 90 7.1% 66. 5.5% 54 4.0% 82 5.8%

Retail trade 79 6.2% 68 5.7% 89 6.7% „78 5.5%

Education & training 103 8.1% 84 7.0% 80 6.0% 72 5.1%

Other services 44 3.5% 28 2.3% 35 2.6% 41 2.9%

Construction 33 2.6% 17 1.4% 30 2.2% 40 2.8%

Financial & insurance services 31 2.4% 37 3.1% 21 1.6% 21 1.5%

Rental, hiring & real estate services

21 1.6% 19 1.6% 12 0.9% 21 1.5%

Transport, postal & warehousing 30 2.4% 27 2.2% 15 1.1% 20 1.4%

Administrative & support services 18 1.4% 28 2.3% 35 2.6% 19 1.3%

Arts & recreation services 24 1.9% 19 1.6% 27 2.0% 17 1.2%

Information media & telecommunications

24 1.9% 32 2.7% 18 1.3% 16 1.1%

Manufacturing 30 2.4% 23 1.9% 22 1.6% 13 0.9%

Electricity, gas, water & waste services

4 0.3% 8 0.7% 10 0.7% 5 0.4%

Mining 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 4 0.3%

Wholesale trade 26 2.0% 14 1.2% 16 1.2% 4 0.3%

Agriculture, forestry & fishing 3 0.2% 3 0.2% 14 1.0% 0 0.0%

Total 1,274 100.0% 1,203 100.0% 1,336 100.0% 1,418 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T33]; ABS 2007 [TSP T33]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration;

The unemployment rate for Phillip was 3,5 per cent (4.2% for men, and 2.9% for women) and the labour force participation rate was 76.4 per cent (77.4% for men, and 75.4% for women) (see Table 30) (ABS 2012a).

Table 30: Labour Force, Phillip and ACT, 2011 Household and Family Summary - . Phillip

, - ACT


Employed persons (part time) 259 18.05 50,947 25.1%







The unemployment rate in Phillip was 3.5 per cent in the June quarter 2012, according to Small Area Labour Markets estimates (DEEWR 2012) which was very low compared to the national rate, but not as low as other suburbs in Woden Valley.

Education Nearly 80 per cent of the population (over the age of 15 years and no longer at school) had completed Year 12 (or equivalent) at the time of 2011 Census (78.7%), while 12.3 per cent had completed Year 11 or Year 10. The proportion of the population which had completed Year 12 (78.7%) in Phillip was higher than the proportion for the ACT (69.1%), and much higher than the proportion for Australia (49.2%).

Of the population 15 years of age and older, 76.2 per cent had completed a non-school qualification, including 14.6 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 32.9 per cent with a bachelor degree, 10.8 per cent with a diploma, and 10.3 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, Phillip had higher proportions of adults with bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 31).

Table 31: Non-school qualification, Phillip and ACT, 2011 Qualification

• Phillip , "

ACT --,

Post Graduate (Post Bachelor Degree) 274 14.6% 25,686 12.7%

Bachelor Degree 619 32.9% 61,830 21.3%

Diploma or Advanced Diploma 204 10.8% 26,047 9.0%

Certificate (I, II, Ill, or IV) 194 10.3% 39,034 13.4%


Source: ABS 2012a 1BCP B401; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence;

SEIFA The Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage measures the social and economic conditions of areas across Australia based on income, employment, education and other indicators.

SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013. In 2006, the SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage score for the SLA of Phillip (which corresponds with the SA2 of Phillip) was 1,071 and this put the SLA in the 9th decile of Australia and the 5th decile of the ACT. In 2001, the score for Phillip was 1,105. Although SEIFA scores cannot be analysed longitudinally, it is clear that the suburb was not disadvantaged in 2006 or 2001, relative to other areas of Australia.




2.6 Mawson Group Centre Catchment The Mawson group centre is located in the suburb of Mawson just south of the VVoden Town Centre. The catchment area for this group centre has been identified as including the suburbs of Mawson, Farrer, Torrens, Isaacs and Pearce (see Figure 21). This is a custom defined area, and as such, data for the individual suburbs has been amalgamated by the consultant team.

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of the Mawson group centre catchment at June 30 2011 was 13,778 people and made up 40.7 per cent of the Woden Valley district (ABS 2012c). Based on place of usual residence at the time of the Census, the population was 13,460 people (ABS 2012d).

Figure 21: Mawson Group Centre and Catchment

LYONst

:NG1t, CHIFLEYAI, t fl-'\

6) :I 1 j\

'r

1

• • : r '

- s ",01tilAL_LEY.

.'fr-A.,„•,•',,t.,-1 'r.11/1a' vvion-';.)'

GrOtip Centre (with AthlIon tri,Dri;6'Cor-i".(CI'Or){„ I

'' \'', .';.)"" ' ISAACS

:' ' . , -,' •-.. ; ,';' I I

Mawsen Group c •:,- •,./--, • ,t,-,..4.- ce...ntre Catchment, _ ,....,;.„,.....::::;,.t 1:1,/,.• .?,.:: 11) '.,'-,-•,.,) -2;,../ \'‘ --NJ , ?,, , _

TORlipS

r, N'Hit

• \ •

Age A median age for the combined area was 41 years at the 2011 Census (ABS 2012d). This was older than the median age for the ACT at 34 years (ABS 2012a).

Compared to the Woden Valley district, the Mawson group centre catchment had lower proportions of people in the 25-39 year age groups, and higher proportions of people in the 10- 19 years age groups and older age groups (55+ years) (ABS 2012d).




Figure 22: Age structure, Mawson Group Centre Catchment (blue) and Woden Valley District (outline), 2011

86+ Males

80-84

75-79

70-74, I .

65-69

60-64 1

55-59

50-54 41

45-49 I

40-44

35-39

30-34 I

25-29 I

20-24

15-19

10-14

5-9

0-4

5% 3% 1%

1

11 1,

Females

11 iii

1

1% 3% 5%

Source: ABS 2012d; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence

Since 1996, the population of the area has been quite steady. During this period, the number and proportion of younger people (aged 0-14, 15-24, and 25-34 years) has declined, and the number and proportion of older people (65+) has increased. The proportion of people 65 years of age and older has increased from 11 per cent in 1996 to 19 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 32: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 AO aiiitip

,.;

1666 2001 -=

200 6 . ..... ..

2011' :

0-14 2,469 19% 2,457 19% 2,342 18% 2,227 17%

15-24 1,949 15% 1,780 14% 1,669 13% 1,728 13%

25-34 1,762 13% 1,528 12% 1,451 11% 1,429 11%

35-44 1,872 14% 1,952 15% 1,872 14% 1,742 13%

45-54 2,194 17% 1,909 15% 1,887 14% 1,955 15%

55-64 1,415 11% 1,648 13% 1,675 13% 1,585 12%

65+ 1,461 11% 1,797 14% 2,144 16% 2,441 19%

Total 13.022 100% 13,071 100% 13,040 100% 13,107 100% Source: ABS 2012b ITSP T031; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration


Strategic Leisure Group,



Figure 23: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T031; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander In 2011, around 129 people identified as being an Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander, which was equivalent to 1.0 per cent of the population at the time (ABS 2012a). Data since 1996 is included in Table 33 below.

Table 33: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011

. 1996 .-. 2001rk. -.ECI3 M . . . .

, Aboriginal and Torres Strait 104 0.8% 119 0.9% 70 0.5% 131 1.0% Islander

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP TO1]; ABS 2007 [TSP TO1]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Ethnicity Approximately 1,720 people were born overseas in non-English speaking countries in the Mawson group centre catchment area (ABS 2012a), or 12.8 per cent of the population. This was slightly higher than the proportion for the ACT, at 11.7 per cent. Italy (1.1%), Germany (1.0%) and Sri Lanka (0.9%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

Between 1996 and 2011, the number and proportion of people from non-English speaking backgrounds has increased slightly from around 10.8 per cent of the population in 1996 to 12.9 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b) (Table 34).




Table 34: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011

. 2006


1,428 10.8% 1,432 10.9% 1,546 11.8% 1,712 12.9%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T08]; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration

Household Structure Combined data for families and households suggests that the area has slightly higher proportions of couple families without children and lone person households compared to the ACT (see Table 35 and Figure 24) and lower proportions of one parent families and group households (ABS 2012a).

Table 35: Household and Family Summary, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011

■ , ,

Household and Family Summary '

Mawson . , ,

Group Centre Catchment

,

ACT

. Total private ,occupied dwellings 6-223 : 129,425







Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 825,830]





Figure 24: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

! D a w s o n G r o u p C e n t r e CatChment

Group Other family Households tYPe

One parent family


Couple fondly with children


W o d e n V a l l e y District

Group Other fan* Households 'We

One



Couple family without chadren

ACT

Group Other famibr

Households "

0

nfe4e*

kik





Table 36 below shows household and family types for the Mawson Group Centre catchment between 1996 and 2011. The total number of households has increased since 1996, however the proportion of each household type has remained relatively stable (ABS 2007; ABS 2012b).

Table 36: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 plousphold Utv.-nary

'.5 M X , ,t. .„ 2006 2011



Lone person households 1,214 23.4% ' 1,338 25.0% 1,302 24.4% 1,311 24.4%

One parent family 448 8.6% 457 8.6% 441 8.3% 462 8.6%

Group households 201 3.9% 217 4.1% 170 3.2% 203 3.8%


_Total 5,182 100.0% 5,342 ,

100.06/0 5,334 100.0% 5,369 100-.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 ITSP T141; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type of the primary family is included.




Dwelling Structure and Tenure Nearly three-quarters (73.6%) of occupied dwellings in the area were separate houses at the 2011 Census (ABS 2012a). Semi-detached dwellings made up 14.6 per cent of all dwellings and attached dwellings made up 11.7 per cent.

Figure 25: Dwelling Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Mawson Group Centre Catchment

Flats, units mot

apartments, Dwelling,

0.0% 11.7%

. 14.6%

Semi-detached

Owetl

WodenValley District

Flats, units

apartments, 18.6%

Other Dwelling,

0.0%

detached

1111110 Sern

Dwelling, 13.4%


Semi-detached

Dwelling, 14.5%

Flats, units a

apartments, 12.4%

ACT

Other Dwelling,

0.2%



In 2011, 40.0 per cent of dwellings in the Mawson Group Centre catchment were fully owned, a higher proportion than for the ACT at 28.4 per cent. Dwellings being purchased made up 30.4 per cent, and dwellings being rented made up 27.2 per cent, compared to 38.9 per cent and 30.6 per cent for the ACT respectively.

Income Median incomes are not available for amalgamated regions.

Employment In 2011, 32.0 per cent of all employed persons in the Mawson Group Centre catchment were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 12.2 per cent in health care and social assistance industries and 10.1 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services (ABS 2012a).




The unemployment rate for the Mawson Group Centre catchment was 3.4 per cent (3.4% for both men and women) and the labour force participation rate was 64.5 per cent (68.7% for men, and 60.7% for women) (see Table 37) (ABS 2012a).

Table 37: Labour Force, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011 ‘, Household and Family Summary

,

Mawson Group . Centre Catchment ACT





Source: ABS 2012a IBCP B37]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence;

The Mawson group centre catchment had an unemployment rate of 2.7 per cent in the June quarter 2012 (DEEWR 2012).

Education At the last Census, 73.2 per cent of the population over the age of 15 years and no longer attending school had completed Year 12 (or equivalent). This was a higher proportion than for the ACT (69.1%) but similar to the rate for Woden Valley district (73.5%) (ABS 2012a).

Of the population 15 years of age and older, 79.7 per cent had completed a non-school qualification, including 17.1 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 28.8 per cent with a bachelor degree, 11.6 per cent with a diploma, and 13.7 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, Phillip had higher proportions of adults with diploma, bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 15).

Table 38: Non-school qualification, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011

Qualification ,

, . Mawson Group Centre C Catchment

, . ACT


Bachelor Degree 2,708 28.8% 61,830 21.3%





SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage The Socio-Economic indexes for Areas (SEIFA) Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage measures the social and economic conditions of areas across Australia based on income, employment, education and other indicators.




SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013. In 2006, the suburbs of Farrer, Isaacs, Mawson, Pearce and Torrens were all in the 9th or 10th decile of Australia for relative disadvantage and therefore were not considered to be disadvantaged compared to other areas of Australia (ABS 2008).

2.7 Summary of Findings

2.7.1 ACT

• The median age of the ACT population (34 years) was lower than that for Australia (37 years), with higher proportions of young adults and lower proportions of older people.

• Over the past 15 years, while the number of people in most age groups had increased, the number (and proportion) of children (0-14 years of age) had decreased.

• There was a similar, but increasing, proportion of people born in non-English speaking countries in the ACT compared to Australia.

• The proportion of couple families with children had declined between 1996 and 2011 in the ACT, while the number of couple families without children and lone person households had increased.

• The population of the ACT had relatively high incomes compared to Australia; this was true for individuals, families and households.

2.7.2 W o d e n Valley District

• The median age of the Woden Valley district population was higher (40 years) than the median age for the ACT (34 years).

• The number of older people in the district had increased between 1996 and 2011(45 years and older) while the number of people in younger age groups had been decreasing (0-34 years). People 65 years of age and older accounted for 18 per cent of the population in 2011.

• There was a higher proportion of people born in non-English speaking countries in Woden Valley (14.0%) compared to the ACT (11.7%).

• The number of people born overseas in non-English speaking countries increased significantly between 2006 and 2011.

• There was a higher proportion of lone person households in the Woden Valley district compared to the ACT, a slightly higher proportion of couple families without children, and lower proportions of other household types.

• The number and proportion of couple families with children decreased between 1996 and 2006 but increased to 2011. The proportion of lone person households was quite consistent during this period, while the number and proportion of couple families without children increased.

• A larger proportion of dwellings in the Woden Valley were fully owned compared to the ACT, and a smaller proportion were being purchased.

• Median weekly incomes of the Woden Valley district population were similar to incomes for the ACT, but higher than for Australia.

• Unemployment was very low in the suburbs of the Woden Valley.

• The population is not considered to be disadvantaged compared to other areas of Australia.




2.7.3 Woden Valley and Weston Creek Districts

• The inclusion of the Weston Creek district data, with the existing Woden Valley profile, did not significantly change the age structure. The median age of the combined district was 40 years.

• In the combined region the number and proportion of older people increased significantly between 1996 and 2011.

• There was a significantly lower proportion of people born in non-English speaking countries in Weston Creek at 8.2 per cent than for the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area (11.6 per cent).

• The proportion of couple families without children increased between 1996 and 2011, while the proportion of couple families with children decreased.

• There was a higher proportion of separate houses in Weston Creek compared to Woden Valley.

• The unemployment rate was very low in the Weston Creek district.


2.7.4 Woden Town Centre

• The median age of the population was substantially lower than the median age for the Woden Valley district and the ACT.

• The age structure of Phillip was quite different to the ACT, with high proportions of people in the 25-29, 30-34, and 35-39 year age groups. The proportion of children was very low compared to the ACT.

• Between 1996 and 2011, the number and proportion of young people (15-24 years) decreased substantially.

• A large proportion of the population of Phillip were born in non-English speaking countries. Between 1996 and 2011, the proportion has increased from 10 per cent to 26 per cent.

• In 2011, Phillip had very low proportions of couple families with children and one parent families, and high proportions of lone person households and group households, compared to both the Woden Valley district and the ACT.

• The proportion of couple families with children in Phillip increased between 1996 and 2011, but still made up only 12 per cent of all households. The proportion of lone person households was relatively consistent at around 50 per cent during this period.

• Flats, units and apartments and semi-detached dwellings made up 98 per cent of all dwellings, which was a significantly higher proportion of these types of dwellings compared to other areas.

• The majority of dwellings were being rented, at 59 per cent, much higher than for the Woden Valley district and the ACT.

• The median incomes were generally lower than for the Woden Valley and ACT.





2.7.6 Mawson Group Centre Catchment

• The median age of the Mawson group centre catchment was 41 years at 2011, which was older than the median age for the Woden Valley district, Weston Creek district and the ACT.

• Compared to the Woden Valley district, the Mawson group centre catchment had lower proportions of people in the 25-39 year age groups, and higher proportions of people in the 10-19 years age groups and older age groups (55+ years).

• The number and proportion of couple families with children in the Mawson group centre catchment decreased between 1996 and 2011, while the proportion of couple families without children and long person households increased.

• A relatively high proportion (40.0%) of dwellings in the Mawson Group Centre catchment - were fully owned in 2011.

• The unemployment rate was very low.




ACT Government, Environment and • Sustainable Development


3 Projected Soda-Economic Profiles 3.1 Growth Scenarios Future socio-economic scenario profiles for the respective study areas were developed to coincide with the population thresholds of present day (as at 2012), and at an additional 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 people in the Town Centre.

Due to difficulties predicting the timing of these thresholds being reached, two growth scenarios were developed by ESDD — a high development demand scenario where the threshold of an additional 10,000 people in the town centre would be reached by 2021 (in 9 years), and a low development demand scenario where this threshold would not be reached until 2052.

It should be noted that the demand for development and therefore population growth may be extremely variable, and no significance should be placed on this indicative timing. It is provided for the purposes of projecting demographic characteristics for the purpose of this study only.

3.2 Study Areas To assist in understanding the potential future population of the study areas, projected socio-economic

profiles were developed for:

• The Woden Town Centre; and

• The Woden Valley District.

Projected socio-economic profiles for the Weston Creek district and Molonglo Valley district prepared by others were also reviewed as it is recognised that:

• Weston Creek forms part of the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district, and

• Molonglo residents are considered likely to utilise some CSR facilities in the Woden Valley district prior to facilities in that district being fully developed.

The profiles for the Weston Creek district and Molonglo Valley district below are a summary of the findings of the Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study (Urbis 2012). The full report should be referred to for an explanation of the methodology used to create the profiles, and the detailed results.




3.3 Woden Town Centre and Woden Valley District

3.3.1 Approach

The Belconnen district commenced settlement in 1967 not long after the Woden Valley/Weston Creek was developed. More recently, the Belconnen town centre went through a phase of redevelopment and renewal, which is considered similar to the process of redevelopment being planned for the Woden Town Centre. Based on consultation with ESDD and the CMCD. Belconnen was identified as the most suitable town centre comparison for the purpose of developing socio-economic projections for the Woden Town Centre.

In order to identify when redevelopment began in Belconnen, the dwelling profile from the 1996, 2001, 2006 and 2011 censuses have been analysed. This data is shown in Table 39 below. Between 2006 and 2011, there was a large increase in the number of attached and semi-detached

dwellings in Belconnen. It is assumed that this change reflects the beginning of the renewal of the area.

In order to develop a projected socio-economic profile of the Woden Valley district as redevelopment occurs, the changes that have taken place in the demographic profile of Belconnen have been analysed and similar patterns of change applied.

Table 39: Dwelling types, Belconnen (suburb12), 1996-2011 Dwelling type

1996 2001 2006 2011

Number of

dwellings

Number of

dwellings

Change in number over

previous Census

Number of

dwellings


previous Census

Number of

dwellings


previous Census

Separate house

13 31 18 124 93 98 -26

Semi- detached, row or terrace house, townhouse etc

675 717 42 655 -62 896 241

Flat, unit or apartment

554 574 20 718 144 1,144 426

Other dwelling

3 0 -3 3 3 o -3

Dwelling structure not stated

9 9 0 0 -9 0

In order to provide a future socio-economic profile of the Woden Valley district, the change in demographic characteristics which occurred in the suburb of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011 has been applied to the 'incoming' population of the suburb of Phillip (representing the Woden Town Centre) and the Woden Valley district. The incoming' population is a term used to

12 The suburb of Belconnen is considered to most closely align with the area of the Belconnen Town Centre.

Page 46 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group,



describe people moving to the region due to the urban intensification and is expected to be quite different to the current population, in terms of their demographic characteristics.

The approach taken to develop the projected socio-economic profiles differs depending on the characteristic being considered, and therefore, for each indicator, or group of indicators, the approach taken is described separately.

3.3.2 Projected Age and Sex Profile

Woden Town Centre The projected age and sex profile of the 'incoming' population is assumed to be the same as the profile for the 'incoming' population of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011. The projected age profile of the 'incoming' population is shown in Table 40 below. The data suggests this incoming population may be made up of a higher a proportion of people aged between 25-34 years, slightly higher proportions of young people, and lower proportions of older age groups.

Table 40: Projected Age profile, 'incoming' population compared to current population in Phillip (suburb) Age Group

- 2011 — Current

Situation' Projected age

profile of Incoming

p'qiulation' ,

0-14 197 9.5% 11.0% 15-24 268 12.9% 11.9% 25-34 688 33.0% 51.0% 35-44 352 16.9% 11.9% 45-54 241 11.6% 7.5% 55-64 165 7.9% 3.3% 65+ 172 8.3% 3.4%

Total 2,083 100% 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012a IBCP B04]; Consultant projections;

For the projections of age and sex, it is assumed that the 5,000 population threshold will be reached in 2016 and the 10,000 population threshold will be reached in 2021 which is consistent with the high development demand scenario. This assumption was necessary to account for the ageing of the existing population in the Woden Valley district according to projections by the Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate (CMCD), and to account for ageing and births of the incoming population over the 10 year period. A breakdown for the 2,500 population threshold is not presented in this profile as the threshold was projected to occur in 2014, which is an intercensal period and it is expected that limited change will occur during this period.

For the suburb of Phillip, ageing of the 'existing' population cannot be taken into account in this analysis as age and sex projections are not available at the suburb level from the CMCD. The results below therefore assume no change to the 'existing' population of Phillip (see Table 41). The large proportion of people in the 25-34 year age group is partly a reflection of the projected age profile of the incoming population, and the existing high proportions of people in this age group in Phillip based on the 2011 census results.





Table 41: Projected Age profile, Phillip including 'incoming' population Age Group 2011 -Current :

.Situation ,

Including Additional 5,000 people - 2016

Including . AciditiOnal10;ocio

, pet5iile, 2021

0-14 197 9.5% 746 10.5% 2,298 17.6%

15-24 268 12.9% 865 112% 1,057 8.1%

25-34 688 33.0% 3,236 45.7% 4,952 37.9%

35-44 352 16.9% 949 13.4% 2,516 19.2%

45-54 241 11.6% 614 8.7% 1,121 8.6%

55-64 165 7.9% 330 4.7% 506 3.9%

65+ 172 8.3% 343 4.8% 630 4.8% Total 2,083 100% 7,083 100.0% 13,081 100.0%

Source: Consultant projections;

Woden Valley District For the Woden Valley district, the same 'incoming' population is considered. Changes to the size and demographics of the 'existing' population of the Woden Valley district can be estimated from the CMCD projections. The age profile of the Woden Valley district is included in Table 42 and Table 43, and shown graphically in Figure 26,

Table 42: Projected Age profile, Woden Valley district Age Group 2011 ;4 Current '

SittietiOn, .

InCluiting Ads:ltd.:ail; ' 5,000 PeoPle',720,16";,;

TlifalUctinVAdditionaG „:10,000 peopli:-7;'2021,„

0-14 5,610 17.0% 5,699 14.8% 7,001 15.7% 15-24 4,124 12.5% 5,347 13.9% 5,489 12.3% 25-34 4,293 13.0% 7,448 19.3% 9,514 21.3% 35-44 4,608 14.0% 4,697 12.2% 6,414 14.4% 45-54 4,801 14.6% 4,973 12.9% 4,880 10.9% 55-64 3,635 11.0% 4,115 10.7% 4,391 9.8% 65+ 5,887 17.9% 6,321 16.4% 6,908 15.5% Total 32,958 100.0% 38,600 100.0% 44,598 100.0%


Table 43: Projected Age profile, Younger age groups, Woden Valley district :4°66:90Ciii •.) '20.11::°=.`cifiteiit

' ,Situation•:;iii:CtilattiMptialfill:

ii5,000 peop16:20:16„: '"iii-ClikitiCipOitiOiiiiA :10,000 people,2q21L

0-4 1,774 5.4% 1,946 5.0% 3,094 6.9% 5-9 1,881 5.7% 1,908 4,9% 2,054 4.6% 10-14 1,955 5.9% 1845 4.8% 1,853 4.2% 15-19 1,983 6.0% 2,447 6.3% 2,292 5.1%





Figure 26: Age and Sex profile projected (blue) and existing (outline), 2021, Woden Valley district

85+ I Males [

80-84 E 75-79 1 I.

70-74 1 I

65-69 1 [ 1 60-64 I

, I l

55-59 50-541 1 i ' • 45-49 I

40-44 I 1

35-39 30-34 i

25-29 ,,

I • • , ,

20-24 'l I •

15-19i [ l 10-14

5-9 l l I I 0-41 ,

. L 7% 5% 3% 1%

I ;

Females

I I

1% 3% 5% 7%


This projected age and sex profile (blue) shows a large increase in the number and proportion of people between 20-34 years of age and 0-4 years, and a decrease in the proportion of people in most other age groups. For this community, sport and recreation facilities study, the number of people in each of these age groups is an important consideration when planning specific types of facilities.

Data Assumptions The results of this projected profile are based on a variety of assumptions. Different assumptions would affect the outcome. This profile demonstrates only what might occur if the projected 'incoming' population, attracted by new higher density developments and urban renewal in the study area, attracts a similar demographic profile to that represented by the change in the suburb of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011. The assumptions and limitations of this approach include:

• The demographic change which occurred in Belconnen between 2006 and 2011 has been used to make assumptions about the 'incoming' population in the Woden Town Centre. However, the demographic change which occurred in Belconnen during this period is also attributable to the ageing of the population which remained in the suburb, births and deaths, and people who moved out of the area, and not exclusively due to the new population attracted by urban intensification. This approach is considered appropriate for the purpose of this report;

• It is assumed that the change which occurred between 2006 and 2011 in Belconnen will continue in the same way for the projected additional population in Woden Town Centre (represented by the population threshold scenarios), irrespective of when this growth will occur;

Page 49 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Ply Ltd,




• The demographic change in the 'existing' population of Phillip is not taken into account in the presentation of data for Phillip (i.e. no population growth or decline, and no demographic change is assumed).

• For reasons stated earlier, the demographic change in the 'existing' population of the Woden Valley district is considered based on the projections of age provided by CMCD13.

• The 'incoming' population was aged between 2016 and 2021, and fertility rates for females at individual year ages in Australia were used to estimate the number of births during this period. The additional births were in addition to the population threshold scenarios so the final population numbers are slightly higher than the 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 population thresholds.

• The projections of males and females provided by CMCD were not used in this analysis

as the figures were disaggregated from age groups. Instead the breakdown of males and females in each age group was estimated according to the 2011 Census results, that is, if 49 per cent of 0-4 year olds were female in the Census result, this same proportion was applied to the CMCD projections for this age group. These proportions

were therefore constant for all of the projection years;

• Between the two Census years (2006 and 2011), a large retirement village was built in Belconnen (IRT Kangara Waters), which may not necessarily occur in Phillip and the Woden Valley district. This small area could not be excluded from the analysis therefore the number of older people (over 55 years of age) may be slightly higher than would be expected in the study areas.

• The CMCD projections used to project change in the 'existing' population of the Woden Valley district was not available at the suburb level, therefore the projections for the whole of the Woden Valley have been used. These projections include assumptions about growth and demographic change in the suburb of Phillip, which have also been factored into the growth projection scenarios; and

• It is assumed that all of the population growth represented in the population threshold scenarios, occurs in the suburb of Phillip.

It is suggested that the scenarios be redeveloped with refined assumptions when the planning of the WAM study area is more advanced and specific development opportunities have been confirmed.

3.3.3 Projected Dwellings / Households

Projected Dwelling Profile Assumptions about the development of higher density dwellings in the WAM study area were provided by ESDD. The tables below show the dwelling profile of the suburb of Phillip and the Woden Valley district if these assumptions are applied to the current dwelling profile. The low growth and high growth scenarios are based on slightly different assumptions which are explained below.

13 I t i s to be noted that the age based projections provided by CMCD for Woden Valley do not sum to equal the projected total population for the Woden Valley used in this analysis. The age projections were used in this analysis, not the total figure.




Table 44: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, Low development demand ' Dwelling.' Type "

2011 Current .: Situation' .

IriclUdingAdditional, ,,- 2 500 jieEijile:

Including.: Addiiion'il,5,06 . PPle

InClUdingAdditicinal 10 000 Peple-Separate

House 24 2.20% 24 0.9% 24 0.6% 24 °

0.3%

Semi-detached

Dwelling 494 45.10% 697 26.6% 901 21.7% 1,307 18.2%

Flats, units & apartments 577 52.70% 1898 72.5% 3,219 77.7% 5,862 81.5%

Other Dwelli ng

0 0.00% 0 ao% o 0.0% 0 0.0%

Total. 1,095 100% 2,619 . 100.0% 4,144 100:0% 7,1991 100.0% Source: ESDD projections;

Table 45: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, Low development demand ,Dwelling , Type

*2011_7 Current ,Situation Including Additional Z500 061)16 , Including

Additional S;otio people

Including Additional • - 10,000 people

Separate House 8,815 68.00% 8,815 60.9% 8,815 55.1% 8,815 46.2%

Semi-detached

Dwelling 1,736 13.40% 1,939 13.4% 2,143 13.4% 2,549 13.4%

Flats, units & apartments 2,411 18.60% 3,732 25.8% 5,053 31.6% 7,696 40.4%

Other Dw elling 0 0.00% 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0%

Total 12,962 .100.00% 14,486 100.0% 16,011 100.0% 19,060 100.0% Source: ESDD projections;

Table 46: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, High development demand Dwelling Type .

2011 - Current Situation

Including Additional 2,500 people

,

Including Additional 5,000. people

Including Additional 10,600 people Separate House 24 2.20% 24 0.9% 24 0.6% 24 0.3%

Semi-detached

Dwelling 494 45.10% 623 23.8%

.

752 18.1% 1,010 14.0%

Flats, units & apartments 577 52.70% 1,986 75.8% 3,396 81.9% 6,215'

, 86.4%

Other Dwelli ng

0 0.00% 0.0% 0 0.0% 0.0%

Total - 1,095 100W, z,33, 100.5% :4;172 100.7% 7,248 : - 100.8% . Source: ESDD projections;





Table 47: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand Dwelling

1.-610j :.. :20;11.-ciiii:eii

' '',SittigticTil 1 tiyCludiiig AcrditiCiiiiiiii •,;,.." 2,500'PeOX :

InrcItiClin'g ';: Addit ional 5,000 :

, people

liiCliiiiinagIdditiOn*` 10;000 people

Separate House 8,815 68.00% 8,815 60.9% 8,815 55.1% 8,815 46.2%

. Semi-detached

Dwelling 1,736 13.40% 1,865 12.9% 1,994 12.5% 2,252 11.8%

Flats, units & apartments 2,411 18.60% 3,820 26.4% 5,230 32.7% 8,049 42.2%

Other Dwelling 0 0.00% 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0%

Total 12,962 100.00% 14,500 100.1% 16,039 100.2% 19,115 100.3%

Source: ESDD projections;

The projections show that there will be a very significant change in the dwelling profile, with the proportion of flats, units and apartments in Phillip increasing from 52.7% of total dwellings in 2011, to either 81.5 per cent under the low development demand scenario, or 86.4 per cent at the 10,000 population threshold. This will also significantly alter the balance of the proportion of flats, units and apartments to separate houses across the Woden Valley district as a whole such that separate houses will only slightly exceed flats, units and apartments,

Data Assumptions The assumptions and limitations of this analysis include:

• The development activity projections provided by the ACT government, assume: - For the low development demand scenario, that growth in the supply for

attached and semi-detached housing will continue as it has in 2012.

- For the high development demand scenario, that the number of development applications currently with the government, will be delivered over the next three (3) years and this level of development will continue.

- That the occupancy ratio for attached dwellings will continue at 1.6 people per dwelling and the occupancy ratio for semi-detached dwellings will continue at 1.9 people per dwelling.

• The development activity projections suggest that no additional separate houses or dwellings classified as 'other dwelling types' will be built in the WAM study area.

• This projected profile assumes that the current level of development activity will continue in a straight line (linear progression) into the future until the population threshold is reached.

• The dwelling projections for the WAM study area have been fully attributed to the current dwelling profile in the suburb of Phillip. It is therefore assumed that this growth will occur only in Phillip.

• The change in the dwelling profile of the other suburbs of Woden Valley is not considered in this analysis.

The high development demand scenario is considered for projections of households. The tinneframe for the low development demand scenario extends to 2052 which was considered beyond the time period to reasonably project population and housing characteristics.




Projected Household Profile The propensity for specific types of households to live in particular types of dwellings is considered in order to project the household type profile of the future population. The dwelling profile from above has been combined with the household type by dwelling type cross tabulation of the incoming' population of the suburb of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011 to provide this indicative information.

Table 48: Household profile, Phil ip, High development demand Dwelling Type

.. '

.2011 7 Current . number of households


... ,

. Including ' Additional 5,000

' people



130 11.9% 295 11.2% 460 11.0% 790 10.9%

Couple family with no children

280 25.7% 945 35.9% 1,610 38.6% 2,940 40.6%

Lone person households

509 46.7% 1,090 41.4% 1,670 40.1% 2,831 . 39.1%

One parent families

59 5.4% 81 3.1% 103 2.5% 147 2.0%

Group households 98 9.0% 204 7.8% 310 7.4% 522 7.2%


Total 1,091 100.0% 2,629 100.0% 4,168 100.0% 7,244 100.0%

Source: ACT Government projections; Consultant projections;

Table 49: Household profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand 'Dwelling Type .2011 7 Current

number of households

: Including Additional 2,500 people

Including Additional 5,006

people

Including Additional . 10,09 06016


3,832 29.6% 3,997 27.6% 4,162 25.9% 4,491 23.5%

Couple family with no children

3,579 27.6% 4,244 29.3% 4,909 30.6% 6,239 32.6%

Lone person households

3,694 28.5% 4,275 29.5% 4,855 30.3% 6,016 31.5%

One parent families

1,114 8.6% 1,136 7.8% 1,157 7.2% 1,201 6.3%

Group households 621 4.8% 727 5.0% 833 5.2% 1,045 5.5%


Total ' 12964 100.0% 14,502 100.00/ 16,041 100.0% 19,117 100.0%

Source: ACT Government projections; Consultant project'ons;

For the suburb of Phillip, the projections suggest a large increase in the number of couple families without children and lone person households. In respect of lone person households, the number is projected to increase by 2,322 households, however, the proportion of lone person households is actually projected to decrease. This is partly due to the impact of a large incoming population on a comparatively small existing population base (i.e. 1,091 households were counted in 2011 in the suburb of Phillip.




For the Woden Valley district, the number and proportion of couple families without children and lone person households are projected to increase. The number of couple families with children are projected to increased by over 2,500 household and the number of lone person households increased by over 2,300 households.

Data Assumptions Assumptions and limitations of this approach:

• This analysis assumes there is no change in the 'existing' households of the Woden Valley district. The only change taken into account is the change associated with the incoming population.

• The dwelling projections for the WAM study area have been fully attributed to the current household profile in the suburb of Phillip. It is therefore assumed that this growth will occur only in Phillip.

3.3,4 Projected Income, Workforce and Unemployment

Projected Income Profile Individual income and unemployment rates are very difficult to project into the future. These statistics are determined by a variety of macro and micro-economic factors which is beyond the scope of this project.

To provide some indication of the future income and unemployment situation in the Woden Valley district, the current breakdown of individual incomes and unemployment rates (as per the 2011 census results) has been applied to the population thresholds to show the resulting number of people who would be unemployed or on low incomes. Table 50 shows the results of this analysis.

Based on this approach, the number of individuals on low incomes ($0-399 / week") would increase from 6,828 people in 2011, to 9,843 people if the population were to increase by 10,000 people. While the number of individuals on lower incomes ($0-1,000 / week15) would increase from 13,516 people in 2011, to 19,483 people if the population were to increase by 10,000 people.

Table 50: Projected Income profile, Woden Valley District

13,6FidnalIncomef. Level (week . • :p11:=----,q91-1-!..-p.--t-T,. : - Situation . In-C,IirdinfAilditio-nal ..1 2,160`6e651V-'

.

inclUCling . : • Additional ^^ -Ai..is.,..al 5,000 - . PeOPle.1'

:tn'C.IUitini,cAilctt !anal , . 10,000ipeople...

-

Negative/Nil income 1,809 7.0% 2,084 7.0% 2,259 7.0% 2,608 7.0% $1-$199 1,698 6.6% 1,956 6.6% 2,120 6.6% 2,448 6.6% $200-$299 1,508 5.8% 1,737 5.8% 1,883 5.8%2 174 , 5.8% $300-$399 1,813 7.0% 2,089 7.0% 2,264 7.0% 2,613 7.0% $4004599 2,202 8.5% 2,537 8.5% 2,749 8.5% 3,174 8.5% $600-$799 2,302 8.9% 2,652 8.9% 2,874 8.9% 3,318 8.9% $800-$999 2,184 8.4% 2,516 8.4% 2,727 8.4% 3,148 8.4%

14 i This s an arbitrary amalgamation of income levels for individuals on lower incomes.

15

As above.




Personal Income . , Levet /Week ' - 2011- Current

Situation ln6luding Additional

2500 people

, .

Including,, Additional 5,000.

.. , peopl'• - e _.


. $1,000-$1,249 2,640 10.2% 3,041 10.2% 3,296 10.2% 3,806 10.2% $1,25041,499 2,342 9.0% 2,698 9.0% 2,924 9.0% 3,376 9.0% $1,500-$1,999 3,368 13.0% 3,880 13.0% 4205, 13.0% 4,855 13.0% $2,000 or more 4,046 15.6% 4,661 15.6% 5,052 15.6% 5,832 15.6% Personal not stated

income 1,440 5.3% 1,572 5.3% 1,703 5.3% 1,966 5.3%

Total 27,352 100.0% 29,852 100.0% 32,352 100.0% 37,352 100.0%

Source: Consultant projectOns;

Assumptions and limitations of this approach include:

• This analysis excludes the effect of changing economic conditions and population characteristics which would affect income.

• It is assumed that the current personal income breakdown of the total population will continue in a straight line (linear progression) into the future until the population threshold is reached.

Workforce The total projected number of people living in Phillip who are employed may increase from 1,388 in 2011 to over 8,000 people in 2021 with additional population growth of 10,000 people. This assumes that the proportion of the total population who are employed will remain at 66.7 per cent, as it was in 2011.

The total number of people living in the Woden Valley district who are employed is projected to increase from 17,240 in 2011 to 23,998 people with additional population growth of 10,000 people. This assumes that the proportion of the total population who are employed will increase from the current level of 52 per cent to 55 per cent in 2021. This increase in the proportion of people employed is assumed as the 'incoming' population is expected to be young adults, a group which have a higher rate of employment than other age groups. The rate of employment for the 'incoming' population is taken from the proportion for the suburb of. Phillip.

There were 22,194 people working16 in the Woden Valley district at the 2011 Census and this number had increased on previous Census numbers. If the growth in the workforce continues as it did between 2001 and 2011, there may be 25,000 people working in the district in 2021.

In order to consider the additional demand on CSR facilities from people who work in the district but do not live there, projections for this group have also been developed using two slightly different methodologies:

• The first method projects forward the total workforce of the area to 2021 based on the employment trend between 2001 and 2011. This figure is then adjusted to only include the proportion of the workforce who live outside the area (as demand generated by

16 This section describes the total number of people who worked in the district, rather than the total number of people who lived in the district and were employed.





.i.y0ii:;! ' nifeitiiiill : mellicia 2- 2011 17,445 14,326

2016 18,288 15,653

2021 18,965 16,797

those working and living in the area has already been taken into account through the population projections.

• The second method estimates the total workforce of the ACT to 2021 based on CMCD population projections for the ACT to 2021 and the current proportion of the population who are employed. This figure is then adjusted to only take into account the proportion of the workforce of the ACT who work in the area being considered (for the reason stated above).

The results of these two methods are included below for the Woden Valley district, and the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. These methodologies have limitations as they assume the continuation of current trends.

For the purpose of this study, the results of the first method have been used for the demand analysis on the basis that the total workforce is larger using this method and it is presumed that total employment in the district is likely to be at the higher end of the estimates as a result of the master planning exercise. The number of people working in the Woden Town Centre may be determined by a range of economic factors and the availability of commercial space. It is therefore recommended that the figures below should not be relied upon and that an analysis of economic conditions, commercial activity and planning strategies be undertaken to estimate the likely future workforce in the area.

Table 51: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021

Yei i , : ' ' ' ' Method 1 " ',nnethiid 2 2011 17,399 15,374

2016 18,423 16,647

2021 19,599 17,757


Table 52: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley or Weston Creek district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021


Unemployment If the unemployment rate (and the workforce participation rate) was to remain unchanged into the future, the number of unemployed people in the Woden Valley district would increase to 670 people, when the population reaches 42,958 people.




Table 53: Projected income profile, Woden Valley District Measure 2011,—

Current Situation

Including Additional

.2,500 people

Including s Additional

5,000 people,

Including Additional

„.10,000,peOpie

Unemployed 524 (a) 541 579 656 Labour Force Participants 19,890 (a) 20,812 22,279 25,214 Unemployment rate 2.6% (a) 2.6% 2.6% 2.6% Labour Force Participation Rate 59% 59% 59% 59% Population 32,958 (b) 35,458 37,958 42,958

Source: a. DEEWR 2012; b. ABS 2012a; Consultant projections;

Data Assumptions Assumptions and limitations of this approach include:

• This analysis excludes the effect of changing economic conditions and population characteristics which would affect unemployment and labour force participation. It is assumed that the current unemployment and labour force participation rate will continue in a straight line (linear progression) into the future until the population threshold is reached.

• The numbers of unemployed and labour force participants used in this analysis relate to the June quarter 2012 however the total population is at the 2011 Census.

3.4 Weston Creek District

The Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study (Urbis 2012) suggests that:

• The Weston Creek population will continue to age, with the number of people aged 65- 74 increasing by 5.8 per cent, and the number of 75-84 year olds increasing by 4.5 per cent between 2006 and 2021.

• The proportion of the population aged over 65 years is projected to be approximately 23 per cent in 2021. The proportion of the population in other age groups (0-19 years, 20- 44 years and 45-64 years) are all expected to decrease.

• There will be more couple families with children, fewer couple families without children and an increase in the number of group households to 2021.

• The number of attached dwellings (flats, units or apartments) being rented is forecast to increase by 23.1 per cent over the 2006 figure by 2021. Overall, the number of dwellings being rented is forecast to increase, while the number of dwellings being purchased is expected to decrease.

• The average household income is forecast to continue to increase to $2,049 per week in 2021 (not considering inflation).




3.5 Molonglo Valley District The Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study (Urbis 2012) suggests that:

• The incoming population in the Molonglo Valley district is projected to have high proportions of younger people, with approximately 15 per cent of the population being made up of 0-4 year olds and 16 per cent between the ages of 5-14 years, when population Threshold 1 of 5,000 additional residents is reached17. These proportions decrease to 8 per cent and 13 per cent, respectively, by the time Threshold 3 is reached (additional 20,000 people in the Molonglo Valley district). The proportion of the population projected to be over 65 years of age was just 5 per cent of the population (for threshold 1 and 2, and 7% for threshold 3).

• Young singles and couple households are expected to make up large proportions of the incoming population.

• Large proportions of households are expected to be couple families with children (31.7%), couple families without children (29.7%) and lone person households (25.6%). These proportions are similar or slightly higher than the proportions for the ACT and the Weston Creek district. The proportion of one parent families (5.8%) is expected to be much lower than the proportion for the ACT (10.9%).

• A more culturally diverse population is expected in the Molonglo Valley than in Weston Creek or the ACT.

• When the additional 20,000 population threshold is reached, up to 72 per cent of the apartments in the Molonglo Valley may be rented, while 52 per cent of semi-detached dwellings may be rented.

• The proportion of the population projected to require assistance is low compared to other areas of the ACT, which reflects the younger age profile.

17 Thresholds 1, 2 and 3 relate to additional populations of 5,000, 10,000 and 20,000 people residing in the Molonglo Valley and relate to the years 2015, 2016 and 2021 respectively but would depend on development activity.




4 Demand Analysis - Community Facilities

4.1 Projecting Future Needs

4.1.1 Overview o f Demand Methodology

This section presents an analysis of the potential demand for community facilities for the existing and potential future community in the WAM study area and surrounds. 'Demand' is defined as the expressed, theoretical and assessed needs of a community. It is noted that expressed needs alone are not always assessed as a 'need' as the needs expressed by individuals will differ. A demand analysis collectively assesses the current and future needs for community facilities in the area and determines the potential surplus or shortfall in provision of facilities against the existing 'supply' or provision of facilities of different types.

Scenarios of urban intensification of the WAM study area have been considered based on this process. The existing, proposed and committed community facilities which will serve the increase in population and workforce of the WAM study area and (in some instances) surrounding areas in the future, have been compared with 'benchmark' standards developed for the study.

These benchmarks have been derived from the 'South East Queensland (SEQ) Regional Plan Implementation Guideline No 5 Social Infrastructure Planning' (or "Social Infrastructure Guidelines") prepared by the Queensland Office of Urban Management (OUM) in 2007. These benchmarks provide standard ratios for the provision of different types of community facilities based on a target population threshold, which are widely used to guide planning for the provision of community facilities throughout Australia. It is however necessary to adapt these benchmarks to local situations and models of community facilities used. The resultant 'Desired Standards of Service' developed, which represent a target level of supply or provision for the study area, are further discussed in Sections 4.1.2 and 4.1.3.

Before reviewing the demand analysis, it is important to note the following key points relating to benchmarking, data assumptions and the assessment undertaken:

• While benchmarks provide a guide to the suggested number and type of community facilities which may be required, they are only one factor in determining the need for new facilities. Recommended provision is also based on local consultation and other data sources to confirm and validate detailed needs. Other factors that need to be considered include demography, capacity of existing facilities, social and economic disadvantage and other local issues.

• Benchmarks should not be considered a minimum standard of provision to be provided by any agency, nor should they be considered binding or lead to the expectation that a level of provision of such facilities will be provided. They are simply used as a theoretical starting point for determining what social infrastructure facility needs might be present in a community.

• Benchmarks have been converted to locally applicable desired standards of services (DSS) (outlined in section 4.1.2 below), based on best practice guidelines, previous work undertaken by the consultant team, consultation with government and community providers, and existing rates of provision. However, even these are considered only one




indicator of need, and the methodology synthesises the outcomes of the benchmarking process with a range of other information sources arising from the study.

4.1.2 Development o f Desired Standards o f Service (DSS)

Desired standards of service (DSS) for the provision of community facilities have been prepared by the consultant team for the purpose of this study. In order to establish the DSS to be applied to each community facility type, a variety of information has been sourced including information from consultation with facility providers, existing rates of provision and best practice guidelines. This information has been synthesised into a DSS considered appropriate for this study by the consultant team in consultation with the ESDD.

The table in Appendix B provides a summary of the background information used to determine the DSS. The outcome of this review of information is the recommended DSS to be applied for the purpose of this study, as shown in Table 60 below.

Table 54: Desired Standards of Service (DSS) — Community Facilities CSR Facility Type Recommended DSS to be

AppliedWAM—'ESR,Study R o e Hierarchy,of Provision"

General Community Spaces

Meeting Room Local 1 facility per 2,500 population =

1: 2,500

Licensed Club Sub-district 1:5,000

Religious Facility Sub-district 1:2,000

Neighbourhood Hall Sub-district 1:10,000

Community Centre Sub-district 1:20,000

Community Hub District 1:60,000

Cultural Facilities

Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre Sub-district 1:30,000

Creative and Performing Arts Centre District 1:60,000

Library District 1:60,000

Convention and Exhibition Centre Regional 1:150,000

Arts Hub/Arts Precinct Regional 1:500,000

Performing Arts Centre Sub-Regional 1:200,000

18 Regional — defined as ACT plus one hour (not specifically served by any one centre). Catchment size is approximately 480,000 population. Sub-regional — defined as catchments informally dividing the region for the purposes of community facility provision. Catchment size may vary. District — defined as the catchment of a town (typically served by the town centres of Woden, Belconnen, Tuggeranong, Gungahlin and CBD/Civic). Catchment size is usually approximately 50-80,000 population. Sub-district — defined as the catchment of multi-suburbs (typically served by a Group Centre). Catchment size is usually approximately 20-30,000 population. Local — defined as the catchment of a suburb (typically served by a Local Centre). Catchment size is usually approximately 2-5,000 population.




CSR•Facility Type Recommended DSS to be Applied ir-w-Am--a-SR. Study

R • e CI Hierarchy.of

VV Provision"

Educational Facilities

Preschool Local 1:5,000

Government Primary School Local 1:7,500

Non-Government Primary School Local 1:5,000

Government High School Sub-district 1:20,000

Non-Government High School Sub-district 1:60,000

Government Secondary College District 1:30,000

Non-Government Secondary College District 1:30,000

Early Childhood School District 1:60,000

Adult/Community Education Centre District 1:30,000

Special school District 1:60,000

Institute of Technology (CIT) campus District 1:60,000

University Regional 1:150,000

Health Facilities

GP Medical Centre Sub-district 1:4,000

GP Super Clinic District 1:60,000

Medical Specialist Centre District 1:1,160

Community Health Centre District 1:60,000

Enhanced Community Health Centre Sub-regional 1:200,000

Tertiary Hospital Regional 1:150,000

General Hospital (acute) Regional

General Hospital (non-acute) Regional

Emergency and Justice Facilities

Police Station District 1:60,000

Ambulance Station District 1:60,000

Fire and Rescue Station District 1:60,000

Multi-Use Emergency Services Facility District 1:60,000

Youth Justice Centre Regional 1: 500,000

Correctional Centre Regional 1: 500,000

Courthouse Regional 1:500,000

Targeted Facilities - Children

Long Day (Child Care) Centre Sub-district 1:4,000

Child and Family Centre Sub-District 1:60,000

Targeted Facilities - Young People , Youth Centre District 1:60,000

Targeted Facilities - Aged People and People with a Disability

Retirement Village Sub-district TBD

Residential Care Accommodation - High care Sub-district 42 High Care places per 1,000 pop 70+ years of age

44 Low Care places per 1,000 pop 70+ years of age

27 Aged Care packages per 1,000 pop 70+ years of age





CSRfacility type RetOintilendedi Hierarchytof Provision!'

Re0OrilthendeclIDSSeto be ApplgiteWAM CSR Study

Residential Care Accommodation — Low care Sub-district As above

Aged Day Care Centre District 1:60,000

Senior Citizen's Club District 1:60,000

Cemetery/Crematorium

Cemetery Sub-Regional 1:200,000

Crematorium Sub-Regional 1:200,000

4.1.3 Applying the DSS to Population Projections

The DSS outlined in the table above have been applied to the current and projected population for the below listed geographic areas, taking into account the level in the hierarchy of each facility type. The geographic areas and population projections applied to the DSS for each facility in the hierarchy are as follows:

• Woden Valley District: all facilities including the hierarchy provision levels of local, sub-district, district level, sub-regional and regional facilities have been benchmarked

against the three population threshold scenarios (additional 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 residents in the Woden Town Centre);

• Combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek District: district facilities have been benchmarked against the three population threshold scenarios (additional 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 residents in the Woden Town Centre); and

• Canberra + 1: only the sub-regional and regional facilities have been benchmarked against CMCD population projections at 5 year intervals to 2031.

4.2 Factors Likely to Influence Demand

For the purpose of the analysis of demand for community facilities, a broad range of factors likely to influence demand have been considered including:

• projected population growth;

• changes in demographic characteristics of the 'future population' and how they compare or differ to current or historical trends and patterns;

• the large number work workers that come (and will continue) to enter the district for work and the impact they may have on demand for particular community facilities;

• the socio-economic profile of the community;

• the hierarchy and service catchment relevant to each facility type;

• new and emerging models of CSR facility provision specific to the ACT;

• current and projected community needs;

• the capacity of existing community infrastructure; and

• changes in the dwelling profile (particularly an increase in medium/higher density residential accommodation).




These considerations have been taken into account through the various study phases and tasks and the outcomes of the assessment are described in the demand analysis provided in section 4.3.

Components of the study that have informed the assessment demand and the resulting demand analysis include.

• Review of background literature relevant to community facility provision in the ACT;

• Engagement with Directorate and community sector stakeholders through workshops, one-on-one interviews, phone interviews and proformas;

• Development of a model of community facility provision specific to the study area (i.e. classifications and definitions of community facilities);

• Audit of existing community facilities specific to the study area and surrounds;

• Comparison of the existing rate of CSR facility provision in Woden Valley compared to that in Gungahlin, Belconnen and Tuggeranong;

• Analysis of three (3) national and international case studies with the view to identify learnings relating to community facility provision that can be applied to the WAM study area;

• Preparation of historical and projected demographic profiles; and

• Development and application of Desired Standards of Service (DSS) specific to the Woden Valley.

The implications and findings that have been identified as a result of the above tasks have been used to inform the analysis of demand for community facilities in the WAM study area. Section 4.3 provides the outcomes of the analysis by community facility type.




4.3 Demand Analysis General Community Facilities

Meeting Room: L o c a l l e v e l s p a c e s a v a i l a b l e f o r p e o p l e t o m e e t a n d u s e f o r community

ac t i v i t i es , w i t h o r w i t h o u t a f e e . T h e s e a r e n o t n o r m a l l y a s t a n d a l o n e fac i l i t y , b u t m o r e commonly

p a r t o f a n o t h e r facility.

Current Provision: T h e a u d i t i d e n t i f i e d s e v e n ( 7 ) m e e t i n g r o o m s in t h e W A M s t u d y a r e a , a n d t w e l v e ( 1 2 ) i n t o t a l in

t h e W o d e n V a l l e y d is t r i c t . M e e t i n g r o o m s w e r e g e n e r a l l y l o c a t e d at:

• C o m m u n i t y c e n t r e s , i n c l u d i n g t h e W o d e n C o m m u n i t y C e n t r e , a n d P e a r c e Community

Centre;

• C o m m u n i t y h u b s , i n c l u d i n g t h e C h i f l e y R e g i o n a l C o m m u n i t y Hub;

• L i b r a r i e s , i n c l u d i n g t h e W o d e n T o w n C e n t r e l i b ra ry ; and

• L i c e n s e d c l u b s , i n c l u d i n g t h e C a n b e r r a S o u t h e r n C r o s s C l u b , W o d e n H e l l e n i c Club,

F e d e r a l G o l f C l u b a n d A u s t r i a n - A u s t r a l i a n C l u b Inc.

O f t h e t w e l v e ( 1 2 ) m e e t i n g r o o m s in t o t a l in t h e W o d e n V a l l e y d is t r i c t , f o u r (4 ) w e r e l o c a t e d in

t h e M a w s o n G r o u p C e n t r e catchment.

Benchmarked The

Current According

meeting

slight

study

benchmarking

Needs: a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e D S S s h o w s t h e following:

a

Local

Meeting Room

DSS: 1 2 , 5 0 0 - 1 facility per 2,500 people C i t l i i r r i e i t i r

, , m r e n t e, numtieCy facil it ies 'k

;:7-2-(ii-23

' ,Fp4 l.ntiofs a0:‘'.

Fi"OfeCiariiegit:i 9laiicqgceraris p,pu- ,

1-07(6,.i.._ii„I, suliiri -Ccirrentl? 4.

.

'$iritriiiit e: f§,urplint ;Add:110,000

pop • ,4.1-eg-dim

' - - - 4 ' ,,.'27-5-, ox

r -POTP.le ,-A-dem •-•:1. *2,..90,4

i,PePplq

m r i x i i , -'.- oco,000

iRg..91#9.- WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

7 2.1 3.1 4.1 6.1 4.9 0.9


4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 -1.6 -1.6

Woden Valley District 12 13.7 14.7 15.7 17.7 -1.7 -5.7

Needs t o t h e b e n c h m a r k i n g o f c o m m u n i t y f ac i l i t i es a g a i n s t t h e D S S , t h e c u r r e n t p r o v i s i o n of

r o o m s i s f a i r l y a p p r o p r i a t e f o r W o d e n V a l l e y d i s t r i c t a s a w h o l e . H o w e v e r , t h e r e is

u n d e r p r o v i s i o n o f m e e t i n g s p a c e s in t h e M a w s o n g r o u p c e n t r e c a t c h m e n t a n d t h e WAM

a r e a i s w e l l o v e r p r o v i d e d . T h i s m a y i n d i c a t e t h e r o l e o f t h e t o w n c e n t r e , w i t h the

s h o w i n g t h a t m e e t i n g r o o m fac i l i t i es a r e v e r y c e n t r a l i s e d in n a t u r e , w i t h 7 o u t of

19 Shortfall / Surplus — A positive number represents a surplus / overprovision compared to the specified DSS, and a negative number (shown in red) represents a shortfall / underprovision compared to the specified DSS.




Meeting Room: Local level spaces available for people to meet and use for community activities, with or without a fee. These are not normally a standalone facility, but more commonly part of another facility.

the 12 identified facilities being located in the WAM study area.

The higher level of expressed need for community spaces from consultation (discussed below) compared with the results of benchmarking may also be a result of the working population in the Woden Valley who reside in other districts and therefore are not taken into account in the benchnnarking analysis.

Future Needs If the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 10,000 people, the Woden Valley district as a whole would need five (5) to six (6) additional facilities, with at least one (1) of these facilities benchmarking as being required in the southern half of the district, that is, in the Mawson Group Centre catchment.

Identified Needs: The need for additional meeting rooms within the WAM study area was an issue that was raised during many of the consultation activities, and was discussed in the literature reviewed as part of this study.

Consultation suggested that there is high demand for community facilities, such as meeting rooms to be located in the town centre, close to public transport and attractive as a functional and flexible space that the broader community can use. It was also the view of participants that meeting rooms should be part of community centres and hubs that offer kitchen facilities, breakout spaces, offices, and inexpensive activities, whilst being both multipurpose and cost effective.

The preservation of existing facilities was a high priority of both consultation participants and key policy documents reviewed. The need for low cost meeting spaces was a major concern. Woden Community Services in particular remarked during consultation that they require more space for meeting rooms within their facility.

Recommendations arising from the literature review and consultation process also emphasise the redesign of facilities to improve safety and access.

Recommended Provision: The current provision of meeting rooms is focused in the WAM study area, although the level of provision in Mawson Group Centre catchment appears to be a little lower than anticipated.

The provision of meeting rooms will need to keep pace with population and workforce growth, especially in the Woden Town Centre. It is recommended that another two (2) to three (3) additional meeting rooms should be provided in ACT Government community facilities (existing or future) to ensure their adequacy with the increase in population in the WAM study area. One should be provided in Mawson Group Centre if possible.




Meeting Room: Local level spaces available for people to meet and use for community activities, with or without a fee. These are not normally a standalone facility, but more commonly part of another facility.

Other opportunities, as below, should be taken to encourage the provision of meeting facilities and spaces in private development. However as the affordability and accessibility of these cannot be assured long term, the initial provision by Government should be ensured.

Opportunities for Delivery: The Community and Recreation Facilities Location Guidelines General Code (Dec 2011) of the Territory Plan (June 2012) states that, 'the efficient use o f land must also be maximised by guaranteeing accessibility and convenience to users through the clustering o f related facilities and encouraging shared uses.' The ACT Planning Strategy prioritises the identification of 'mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities, during masterplanning processes.' Meeting rooms are a small scale community facility that may be easily incorporated into existing facilities and other mixed use developments, particularly higher density development.

The opportunity should also be taken to incorporate meeting room facilities that are available to all community members in the provision of any new facility, including libraries, community centres, community hubs, creative and performing arts centres etc.

During the course of consultation with government agencies it was also identified that there are around 18 rooms which can be used by the community in the Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) campus located near Athllon Drive. However these rooms are unable to be provided for free, as the issue is the need for cost recovery. The suggestion was made that the ACT Government could consider cost recovery for operating costs while providing a community facility at low capital cost. Increased awareness of the availability of these rooms to the public could also increase their utilisation.




Religious Facility: A church or other community space providing one or more meeting spaces ,for worship. Facilities may also be used for non-religious activities (e.g. social, educational and recreational activities) either exclusively by a congregation or hired by the general community.

Current Provision: The audit identified 24 religious facilities in the Woden Valley district. These primarily included Christian churches, however a number of other religious facilities were also recorded in the district including a Hindu temple.

Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

Subdistrict.

Religious Facility

DSS: 1:2,000 - 1 facility per 2,000 people Catchments

- i Current ridailier

, . 2012 ,. Ooo. I.' ,

PrOjeCted Need = , PoOb atiOliScena'ri4:.! , Shortfall/ Surplus -;.

„Shortfall!, ,.

Siniiliii' of . : - no of . ' Wile" Puriii.t ' A04

facilities . faC. Add.'

, 1:! . 1 . . 0 . i ,

'people.,- - .4, 5,000,ki,

0:0I5le ,

Ackr " 10,000 -: li61314:.

16,000 -r .poo,T,

WAM Study Area 5 2.6 3.8 5.1 7.6 2.4 -2.6 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre 10 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 3.0 3.0 Catchment Woden Valley District 24 17.2

_ 18.4 19.7 22.2 6.9 1.9

Current Needs The current number of religious facilities is above the need suggested by benchmarks. This is true for the WAM study area and the Mawson Group Centre catchment as well as the Woden Valley district as a whole.

Future Needs If the population of the WAM study area were to grow by an additional 10,000 people, the current provision of religious facilities would still be considered appropriate based on benchmarks for the Mawson Group Centre catchment and the Woden Valley district. However, this does not take into account the mix of religions practiced in the catchments. Benchmarks suggest that an additional two (2) to three (3) facilities would however be required in the WAM study area. At that time there would still be a surplus of three facilities in the Mawson Group Centre catchment.

Identified Needs: The need for additional religious facilities was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

However, during consultation with various community service providers, it was noted that several church facilities located in Woden are used on the weekend for church activities, but are left idle during the week. Hence, the opportunity for greater use of these facilities was identified. For example, the Anglican Church on Petheridge Street, Pearce was redeveloped approximately 4 years ago and it now includes a large kitchen space. This would make it ideal





Religious Facility: A church or other community space providing one or more meeting spaces for worship. Facilities may also be used for non religious activities (e .g. social, educational and recreational activities) either exclusively by a congregation or hired by the general community.

for community group meetings and events.

Recommended Provision: The benchmarking analysis suggested that if the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 10,000 people, an additional two (2) to three (3) facilities would be required in the WAM study area. However it was noted that at that time there would still be a surplus of three facilities in the Mawson Group Centre catchment. This means that capacity would be available in other facilities in the WAM study area but that residents of the town centre may need to travel to reach these.

It needs to be considered that some religious facilities are quite land consuming, particularly the so-called 'mega-churches', or sometimes mega-temples or mega-mosques, that have been identified in the ACTPLA Research Paper Future Planning For Religious Community in the ACT (2009) in contrast to traditional, smaller places of worship in local areas, such as parishes. 'Mega-churches' are usually defined in the literature as places of worship with weekly attendances of over 2000 people. The vast majority of these churches are evangelical, or orientated towards the conversion of previously non-Christian people, or reviving the faith of people who already identify as Christians. Most are linked to the Pentecostal or Baptist movements.

The Research Paper noted that identification with the traditional Christian denominations has notably decreased despite the total population of the Territory growing by approximately 25,000 people over the last census decade. Low and declining rates of attendance in the Christian denominations also contrast with markedly higher rates of weekly attendance at places of worship among certain Pentecostal and other generally conservative churches.

At the same time, there have been notable increases in identification with the non-Christian religious groupings, reflecting recent patterns of immigration into Australia. The reporting in Sections 2.3 and 2.5 of the most common non-English speaking countries of birth being India, China and Sri Lanka (ABS 2012a) suggests demand for non-Christian denominational religious facilities. While Mawson currently has more religious facilities than could be anticipated, these may or may not cater for the needs of future residents in this regard.

It is consequently possible that the need will arise for larger churches of non-Christian religion in the future; however research from the United States reported in the Research Paper suggests that most mega-churches are located in suburban areas. A trend in Australia is the use of other community facilities such as community centres, halls and meeting rooms for religious services.

Hence despite the decline in religious identification, religious groups will still need to be planned for. Pluralisation, through individual choices and immigration, could be expected to promote further diversity, while the rise of `mega'-places of worship may occur.

It would appear that the possible demand for an additional two (2) to three (3) facilities should




Religious Facility: A church or other community space providing one or more meeting spaces for worship. Facilities may also be used for non-religious activities (e.g. social, educational and recreational activities) either exclusively by a congregation or hired by the general community.

be allowed for in or around the Woden Town Centre if the town centre population were to grow by an additional 10,000 people.

Opportunities for Delivery: No specific opportunities have currently been identified.

Page 69 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd,




Licensed Club: A licensed club under the Liquor Act 2010 operated by a community or sporting group for hospitality purposes.

Current Provision: The audit identified six (6) licensed clubs in the Woden Valley district. These include:

• Canberra Southern Cross Club;

• Slovenian Australian Association of Canberra Inc.;

• Woden Hellenic Club;

• Federal Golf Club;

• Woden Tradesmen's Union Club;

• Mawson Club; and

• Austrian-Australian Club Inc.


-; Sub-district . . .._ .. . Licensed Club

DSS 1:5,000 — 1 facility per 5,000 people 'CitiliMeriti 1:.:itiiiFiA-tli i;-20:12 ''' 4. ' atiijegairtiget,„ 1,:StiOitfal 14 ,t.,1:SliOtiltV

77Tcr'irl: ; r';..iir.1.4ercifj, i po i n , ',Population Scenarioslk1 ' Surplus ,,,,Surplus,r7:,: 1 Galities ,' f'ircilif Rpl-------- ,-,3, ,,,,, a r r e n t ' Ty!tdd..t.:.'

4 , Ad .d.

L'w2;500 gi:- ,,ie5,000,..4

;:r,.:i.:dg.4 t., 10,000 ,,

' ,10,0001Pop,

, :1).9P131Pz: "I PP9Pk! f.P.P.PP.le, .

.,,

WAM Study Area 6 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 3.0 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre 2 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 -0.8 -0.8 Catchment Woden Valley District 7 6.9 7.4 7.9 8.9 0.1 -1.9

Current Needs According to benchmarks, the Woden Valley district is currently appropriately provided with licensed clubs. There are, however, more clubs in the WAM study area than might be anticipated, suggesting that the town centre performs a role in providing these. The current shortfall of one (1) club at Mawson reflects the recent closure of the Serbian Club.

Future Needs If the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 5,000 people, an additional one (1) licensed club would be needed in the Woden Valley District, If the population increased by 10,000 people, an additional two (2) licensed clubs would be needed across the Woden Valley with one (1) of these currently required in Mawson.

Identified Needs: During consultation with Arts ACT, it was noted that clubs play a key role in providing locations for social interaction and places for people to gather. They made particular mention of the Southern Cross Club and the Hellenic Club (both located in Woden) and the Viking Club





(located in Tugeranong).

One of the priorities of the ACT Planning Strategy is to identify mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities. It is understood that licensed clubs may be easily integrated into mixed use developments.

The need for additional licensed clubs was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: The benchmarking analysis suggested that if the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 10,000 people, an additional two (2) licensed clubs would be needed. These could be located anywhere in the Woden Valley district, preferably with one in Mawson; however the trend tends to be toward the development of a hospitality industry based2° 'night-time economy' (NTE) (ACTPLA Research Paper Planning for Night-time Economies) in commercial centres. In particular Civic, Manuka, Dickson, and Kingston were identified as major hubs of hospitality industry venues. The research paper also found that the Weston Creek District contained significant numbers of hospitality venues. Partly because of planning restrictions on drink establishments and licensed clubs, most local centres were found to be less prominent as sites of NTE.

The licensed club sector, while also present in many other cities, is relatively prominent within Canberra economic and community life (Planning for Night-time Economies). Following the end of World War Two, the NSW government sought to reform the sale of alcohol through adopting the legal form of the upper/middle class men's club as its preferred model in liberalising liquor licensing. This model also came to be adopted in the ACT, with the number of clubs in Canberra growing from 1 in 1944 to 64 licensed club venues in 2008 across Canberra (Planning for Night-time

Economies).

Planning for Night-time Economies reports that among the various categories of things respondents liked about clubs, 69% nominated their role as places for dining and drinking and 60% nominated their role as a meeting place for friends. Other research has long found that clubs are very widely patronised by the Canberra community and, as such they are important community facilities which also need to be provided for in planning town centres.

Clubs are often the first large NTE businesses (other than restaurants and takeaways) to establish in new greenfield areas, as has been seen in Gungahlin, possibly partly due to the ability of clubs to subsidise food and drink prices through gaming revenue.

Planning for Night-time Economies Research Paper concludes that Canberra's commercial

20 Encompasses venues where the primary activities are the service of food and drink — such as restaurants, pubs, cafes, and bars - and those that cross-over with entertainment-orientated venues, such as licensed clubs that offer both food and live music performances.





centres are the sites of distinctive and widely patronised NTE venues. Such venues add greatly to the liveability of the city 'after dark' and, as elsewhere, are sites where play, socialisation and encounter take place.

Woden Town Centre currently appears to play a relatively low key role in this night-time economy. In 2009 there were 14 restaurants, clubs, drink establishments and cafes in Woden Town Centre together with a multi-screen cinema complex. It is considered that an additional two clubs, with at least one (1) in the Woden Town Centre, would be a desirable addition with the increase of 10,000 people.

The addition of at least one further club in the Woden Town Centre could assist in creating more of a night-time economy than currently exists, help to create a safer centre after dark and serve the needs of the wider district catchment.




Directorate (ESIDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Neighbourhood Hall: A building, essentially a hall, providing meeting and recreational space to meet the needs of residents of local suburbs. Some have storage space and kitchen facilities. Used by the local community for dances, exhibitions and other functions.

Current Provision: The audit identified three (3) halls in the Woden Valley district, which are the Torrens Community Hall in Torrens and two (2) at the Woden Seniors Club in Phillip.

Benchmarked The

Current The appropriate Centre anticipated.

Future If Mawson/Phillip be

Needs: application of the DSS shows the following:

Sub district Neighbourhood Hall

DSS 1:10,000 — 1 facility per 10,000 people Catchments Current

number of facilities

"2012 pop. / no Of fac.

Projected Need --'''- Population Scenarios

, '

Shortfall/ Surplus — Current "

* Shortfall!, ,Surplus — ' ' 'Add:

- 0 000 1 ' pop

Add . 2500 people

, .

Add , . _ - o,000 people'

Add . 10,000 ,

people ,

WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

2 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.5 0.5


1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 -0.4 -0.4


Needs current provision of three (3) neighbourhood halls in the VVoden Valley district is

according to benchmarks, as is one (1) neighbourhood hall in the Mawson Group catchment. The provision of 2 neighbourhood halls in the WAM study area is above that

Needs the population were to increase by 10,000 people in the WAM study area, the provision in

would still be appropriate. An additional one (1) facility would be anticipated to provided in the Woden Valley district.

Identified Needs: Consultation with service providers has indicated there is high demand for community facilities, such as neighbourhood halls. It was noted that these facilities need to be close to public transport, accessible, well designed, functional and flexible for the broader community to use. The facilities need to have adequate car parking and storage capacity. The preservation of existing facilities was also a high priority of both consultation participants and key policy documents reviewed.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 noted that a number of facilities lack the flexibility to adapt to changing demographics and needs, with extensive upgrades and redevelopment required. The Social Sustainability Strategic Directions of the Territory Plan (section 1.20) support this statement, claiming that planning policies for community facilities should encourage multiple use and





Neighbourhood Hall: A building, essentially a hall, providing meeting and recreational space to meet the needs of residents of local suburbs. Some have storage space and kitchen facilities. Used by the local community for dances, exhibitions and other functions.

flexible design to allow for changing needs. However, the Canberra Social Plan 2011 also notes that purpose built spaces are still required for those service providers that have specific needs and for whom adaptation of general purpose spaces can be difficult.

Consultation for the current study supported this finding from the literature, indicating that the re-use of disused school buildings is not always appropriate and that more built for purpose facilities are required. During consultation, the grouping of common activities, services and groups in facilities was offered as a design solution, rather than trying to design for all purposes.

Neighbourhood halls play the role of low cost meeting spaces, however, most individuals noted that there were not enough halls in the WAM study area and there was a strong perceived need for a hall in Woden Valley District, preferably in the Woden Town Centre.

One of the key strategies of the Canberra Social Plan 2011 is the provision of new neighbourhood halls. The Canberra Plan also prioritises the identification and planning for services for future growth areas and recommends redesigning facilities to improve safety and access.

Recommended Provision: Benchmarks suggest that up to an additional one (1) neighbourhood hall would be anticipated to be provided in the Woden Valley district. It would appear that this facility would be provided in Woden Town Centre.

It is apparent from the benchmarking and the consultation that the halls provided by the Woden Seniors Club are critical to the appropriate provision of halls in the Woden Town Centre. Should these be relocated, then benchmarks confirm that they would require replacement in the town centre for the supply to remain adequate for the projected population increase. The low cost to hire these facilities is also an important factor in their accessibility.

It is recommended that. one (1) to two (2) neighbourhood halls in Woden Town Centre be provided as part of a multipurpose community centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: No specific opportunities have currently been identified, however it is desirable that one (1) — two (2) halls be included in the redevelopment of the Woden Community Centre should this facility be retained in Woden Town Centre.




Community Centre: Large multi-purpose building offering a broad range of activities for a wide age group. Typically comprise halls, meeting rooms, child care services and other support services and community group office accommodation.

Current Provision: The audit identified one (1) community centres in the Woden Valley district, being:

Woden Community Centre — this facility is tenanted by the Woden Community Services and Lollipop's Children Centre. The Woden Community Services provide a wide range of whole of life cycle services including children's service, a family day care scheme, school aged programs, child, youth and family programs, disability services, community access for elderly people, a mental health program, housing support, volunteer recruitment and training, settlement program for volunteers, Home and Community Care, a community bus, coordination of the Woden Valley Festival, management of the ACT operations of 'The Big Issue' magazine and a bushfire response program (social support for affected individuals).

While Pearce Community Centre is known as such, it is a previous school facility which is tenanted by community organisations. Hence while not a 'new model' hub, it is considered that this facility acts more in the capacity of a community hub than a community centre and it has been counted accordingly.


. .uti-ciOnOt Community Centre

DSS 1:20,000 — 1 facility per 20,000 people

Catchments . ,. : Current 2012 , Projected Need - . „ , ,

Shortfall/ ' Shortfall/ - number :- :=1.76f 7:', pop. /

' no of : ,- •, : p,cipu ationAcenarios

. Sitrpitia. Current ' .

„StiieliiS . Add:, ' ' Add '.` ::,:Add *1110,s f4..: Add

"*2-,500 '... • ''5,1:10(i.' :`,..10,00.0": , ,10;000 •

, PaCiPle:,1' PeiiPle:; ,::'Fie.OPle 1.361)

WAM Study Area 1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.7 0.2 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre o 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 -0.7 -0.7 Catchment Woden Valley District 1 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 -0.7 -1.2

Current Needs The number of community centres in the Woden Valley district is underprovided by close to one (1) centre according to benchmarks.

Future Needs If the population in the Woden Valley were to increase by 5,000 people, a second community centre would benchmark as required. An increase of a further 5,000 people (a total of 10,000) would not trigger the need for a further facility beyond the first.

Identified Needs: Located in the Woden Town Centre, the Woden Community Centre, overseen by Woden




Community Centre: Large multi-purpose building offering a broad range of activities for a wide age group. Typiaally comprise halls, meeting rooms, Child care services and Other support services and community group office accommodation.

Community Services (WCS), has currently outgrown its existing location, due to an increasing level of service provision. A community hub has long been planned to replace this 30 year old facility but has not occurred. The existing centre has a number of access issues and general upgrades are required. During consultation with WCS, it was noted that they are currently at capacity and have been consistently asking for additional space for a significant period of time.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 states that the affordability of facilities and public indemnity fees are a significant barrier to the community sector in undertaking the provision of services and facilities. Low cost meeting spaces in community centres and office spaces for community groups were also identified as appropriate and necessary within town centres. Woden Community Centre operates several outreach programs from alternative locations because of the financial pressure placed upon them by high rental rates of premises, in addition to the aforementioned access issues and need for the general upgrades.

The Canberra Plan 2008 also noted that one of the key challenges for providing facilities was lowering the costs for service delivery by those organisations utilising such facilities.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 notes that a number of existing facilities lack the flexibility to adapt to changing demographics and needs, with extensive upgrades and redevelopment required. It suggests that community facilities should be multipurpose, cost effective and offer inexpensive activities.

The Social Sustainability Strategic Directions of the Territory Plan (section 1.20) support this statement, claiming that planning policies for community facilities should encourage multiple use and flexible design to allow for changing needs. During consultation, the grouping of common activities, services and groups in facilities was offered as a design solution, rather than trying to design for all purposes. However, the Canberra Social Plan 2011 also notes that purpose built spaces are still required for those service providers that have specific needs and for whom adaptation of general purpose spaces can be difficult.

Consultation with a number of service providers indicated that storage space is in high demand and often under supplied within community facilities generally. The need for adequate parking was also noted. During consultation with local service providers, it was noted that the management of multi-use spaces such as community centres can often prove challenging; by renting spaces out for certain periods (e.g. if rented for a 1 hour period other groups requiring a 3-4 hour block may be prevented from using the facility), cost effectiveness is often removed or significantly reduced, limiting the efficient use of these spaces in the process.

Participants from both government directorates and local service providers also noted that it appears to be a continuous cycle of 'keeping up.' Community Centres have been established in




Community Centre: Large multipurpose building offering a broad range of activities for a wide age group. Typically comprise halls, meeting rooms, child care services and other support services and community group office accommodation.

the past, however, demand has not decreased and a significant gap between supply and demand is still evident. This is especially true with regard to the provision of facilities for those at either end of the age spectrum; a dual population creates several challenges for providing appropriate services and facilities to a community.

The ACT Planning Strategy prioritises the identification of mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities. It considers that community centres are ideal locations for a number of community service providers to be co-located with other necessary services, such as retail and commercial premises. The ACT Planning Strategy also identifies as a short term action, the need to prepare a Community Facilities Strategic Plan to support an estimated future population of 453,000 people in the ACT by 2030.

The Canberra Social Plan 2011 identifies the better coordination and planning of infrastructure and services as one of the key strategies to be implemented by the ACT Government. It also emphasises the importance of investing in community infrastructure that promotes connection and diverse activities, such as Regional Community Centres2' providing long term tenancies for over 40 community organisations.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 details specific strategies to be undertaken within the next five years, including the finalisation of a community facilities asset management strategy, to be completed within two years. The ACT Government will also maintain a program of community facility audits within the same timeframe, whilst upgrading accommodation for community service providers over the next five years.

During the same period, the government will assist the existing community centres in Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Belconnen districts to respond to location pressures and changing demands. Significantly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies that the existing Woden Community Centre will undergo refurbishment and redesign between 2012-2014 to become a regional community centre. It will house the Woden Community Services Association, as well as Lollipop Children's Centre and Woden Senior's Club.

Recommendations have also been made for the colocation of compatible facilities and redesign of existing facilities to improve safety and access.

Recommended Provision: The 2012-13 ACT Budget provided $550,000 for a feasibility study and forward design for a new facility to service the Woden Valley region. This study is looking at the possibility of co-locating a community centre, childcare centre and senior's centre in a new complex to replace Woden

21 In this report, these facilities equate to a 'Community Hub' (see following section) which has been classified as a 'District' level facility i.e. one would serve Woden Valley/Weston Creek catchment; one would serve Belconnen district, one would serve Tuggeranong, one would serve Gungahlin and possibly one would serve Molonglo in the future.





Community Service's existing premises in Phillip. The collocated Lollipop Children's Centre and the adjoining Woden Senior's Club are also experiencing high levels of demand for the services they provide and need more space. At the time of writing, a the CSD was writing a request for tender for a consultant to undertake this study.

The new complex is anticipated to cater for the increasing demand for services in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek areas, as well as possibly the growing population in the newly developing Molonglo Valley region until such time as a community centre is built in that district. As such, the preferred location of the facilities in Woden or Weston Creek has not been determined.

The redevelopment of the Woden Town Centre and additional population of 10,000 people in the town centre will increase the rationale for location of these facilities in Woden. A place of some kind for the community to meet is considered a basic prerequisite for community development. A facility such as a community centre can provide a sense of identification with an area and help to develop a sense of community in a number of ways, an important one being to provide a place where shared activities can be carried out in the locality. Local activities also help create a social focus, a sense of belonging to, and responsibility for, an area that can support community well being and safety. Public space and facilities where people meet and gather both informally and formally are necessary to engender shared interest and identity. A facility such as this can both provide a home for existing groups and encourage the formation of new groups.

The type of facility envisaged by the above description can be a facility managed by one organisation but must be the province of all community members (i.e. there should be multipurpose use of the facilities rather than spaces let out permanently to a number of individual groups or organisations). It also should be seen as a focus of the community with freedom of entry and exit, a place to go for information and a 'soft entry'22 to assistance of all types, and spaces for leisure and informal gathering rather than merely the formal hiring of rooms or halls. The 'Roundhouse' discussed in the case study undertaken for False Creek North (refer to the Phase 2 Narrative Report) provides an excellent example of the role this type of facility can play.

As discussed in other sections, the case studies showed that this type of facility can also act as 'magnet infrastructure' to encourage development demand in an area.

For these reasons it is recommended that the redevelopment of the Woden Community Centre should occur as a multipurpose district level community centre serving Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. It is noted that stages 1 and 2 of the Molonglo Valley Greenfield development appear to be adequately planned with community activity centres to meet their

22 Initial contact or access not requiring a formal referral or appointment.





needs.

Opportunities for Delivery: It is possible that the redevelopment of Woden Community Centre at a sub-district level could occur on its existing site, however it is considered unlikely that the site would be large enough for a district level facility. No other specific opportunities have been identified, however mixed use development opportunities incorporating community facilities should be sought in accordance with the ACT Planning Strategy.

It is possible that community uses such as this could be included in any redevelopment of the CaIlam Offices, and indeed that the CaIlam Offices could provide the type of 'landmark' community facility which is recommended.




Community Hub: A facility containing space for (regional) community and government service providers. Commonly utilise surplus schools. May include meeting rooms of individual organisations available for hire for general community use.

Current Provision: There were two (2) community hubs identified in the Woden Valley district:

Chifley Regional Community Hub — this utilises the former Melrose Primary School. The following services are run from the hub, which has a health focus:

• Chifley Health and Wellbeing Centre;

• Australian Diabetes Educators Association Ltd;

• Nutrition Australia;

• Anglicare Canberra Goulburn (The Junction Youth Health Service);

• Mental Health Foundation;

• Australian Breastfeeding Association;

• Asthma Foundation;

• Neurospace;

• Australian Council State School Organisations Incorporated;

• YMCA;

• Warehouse Circus Incorporated;

• Autism Asperger ACT Inc.; and

• Sids and Kids ACT.

Pearce Community Centre — as discussed above, this facility is considered to act as a community hub, although not redeveloped as one. Organisations based at and services run from the Pearce Community Centre include:

• SHOUT Office (Self Help Organisations United Together - disability services and support organisations), including:

o Prostate Cancer Support Group; o Parkinson's ACT; o Autism Asperger ACT; o Arthritis ACT; o Asthma Foundation of ACT; and o People with Disabilities ACT;

• Kidsafe Centre (community advisory service); • Superannuated Commonwealth Offices Association (Federal Council) Inc.; • ACT ME/Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Society; • Friends of Brain Injured Children ACT; • Yoga classes; • Sparkles Dance Studio; • Communities@Work; • ACT Post-Polio Support Group; and • Advocacy for Inclusion.




Community Hub: A facility containing space for (regional) community and government service providers. Commonly utilise surplus schools. May include meeting rooms of individual , organisations available for hire for general community use

There is an additional community hub located in the Weston Creek district. The Weston Community Hub, located on the site of the former Weston Primary School provides accommodation for:

• ACT Council of Social Service Inc.; • Woden Community Service Inc.; • Communities at Work; • Toora Women Inc.; • Good Environment Choice — Australia; • Sustainable Population Australia; • Woden Community Service Incorporated; • Parentline ACT Inc.; • Association of Parents & Friends of ACT Schools Inc.; • Good Environmental Services; and • Australia21.


en : . b + 1 3 7 1 4 1 1 r f i r M g r n i E r i g E b Y 4 5 , .4141.t i .., - r -

;,,,4,;.1311 Community Hub

DSS: 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people . Citaibianta = -- Current -

. nun ibed i

.

':, 2012 t•-- i, PCOp:=-/

-

PrOjeCted-Ne-edl' :,POiiiilatiiiiri Scenarios ,,

:Shortfall! .: ,SUfPliii-,:7;

,Shortfall!SUIPtaki'-i:,

:fiailitiei no of fac. . : - .-. Add2500

5,000 -10,000. -

cidie'reP ::4A-eici.,-..1 10,909

.. - PeOPl'e, ; people , '.', people

WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.8 Catchment Woden Valley District 2 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 1.4 1.3

Woden Valley and Weston 3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 2.0 1.9 Creek

Current Needs According to benchmarks, the current provision of community hubs is more than adequate for the population in the Woden Valley district. It is also higher than would be anticipated in the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district, which has three (3) facilities, whereas one might be anticipated to serve the combined district.

Future Needs The current provision in Woden Valley district is also appropriate when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people is taken into account. It remains well above that anticipated for the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district.





Identified Needs: The Community Services Directorate (CSD) own several large and multi-tenanted sites within the ACT. These facilities are identified for the purposes of facility provision planning as community hubs, with separate not-for-profit organisations operating out of the space. Rent is paid to the CSD (as a commercial land lord), however the CSD cover all operational costs, capital works and maintenance for the facilities. The smallest hub operated by the CSD contains five tenants, whilst the largest houses 20 tenants (similar to the Chifley Regional Community Hub in Woden).

The demand for community facility spaces in the ACT is very high, with the CSD waiting list currently occupied by 120-170 organisations, with a range of facility / space size demands. Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD) has a similar list, with some groups waiting for more than a decade.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 noted that the affordability of facilities and public indemnity fees are a significant barrier to the community sector in undertaking the provision of services and facilities

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 included a program to upgrade accommodation for community service providers over the next five years. The plan determined that surplus schools currently being used by community organisations should continue to be utilised in this manner. A process of consultation undertaken by the ACT Government in 2008 had identified that this was considered a suitable use of eight surplus school sites by the community.

A subsequent Regional Community Facilities and Neighbourhood Halls Project (2008) was carried out by the ACT Government. This included the refurbishment of schools located in Cook, Weston, Chifley and Holt for community hubs designed to meet the needs of community organisations within Canberra and to provide meeting and recreation space to residents of local areas.

The Cook Community Hub was the first of the four Hubs to be fully tenanted and operational. The Chifley Community Hub (in the Woden Valley district) was determined to have a health focus, although the primary tenant is the YMCA. There was considered to be insufficient space within the former school building to establish a neighbourhood hall within this hub. It is noted that these hubs can provide space for organisations which serve either a subregional or even a regional community.

Recommended Provision: The model of providing community hubs is a unique and very valuable one which should take pressure off the provision of affordable office space for community organisations throughout Canberra.

The provision of community hubs in the study area appears high at the present time which is





probably linked to the location of Woden as a geographic centre of Canberra from which a much wider catchment area can be served. The current provision is therefore also more than adequate for the projected future population increase. The provision of meeting space for the community not provided for in these hubs appears to be a more significant need.




Cultural Facilities

One of the objectives of the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 is to ensure that "all Canberrans can participate in the city's cultural and social life." The Social Sustainability Strategic Directions of the Territory Plan (section 1.18) also state that, "provision will be made for a comprehensive

range o f readily accessible community, cultural, sporting and recreational facilities, distributed according to varying needs o f different localities and population groups."

, Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre: A facility which provides space for holding auditions, rehearsals, plays and performances for community groups, as well as spaces for artists and art development projects (e.g. craft workshops, rehearsal spaces).

Current Provision: A community arts centre or community theatre is often a private or community based facility generally providing for amateur performance and rehearsal or local visual arts workshops, exhibition or studios. There were no community arts centres or community theatres identified in the Woden Valley district. 23


8Ubldi§triCt ,

Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre DSS 1 30,000 - 1 facility per 30,000 people

• ifiliiii—eligr ''''' - .

r'ell'ireit7. number,z,

, O11:1:::

facilities -, ,,' : • ,,,,.. :

Y;20127 :,' pop, :‘' no'`o

ac ,

.s' .,1,CiajeCie-d-Weed . ,

opulation Scenarios .•:.. TSIZiffilli Surplus -', ...: 'Current :',

1Siiiiiifilli 7 Surplus r y .7.1Aile . A 7

, -,--- -6.:Z500it Sel;r4,3

-d-.- 452000.e, 1 PRSTIf.'i' .,,IPP.913re.Z.


0 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 -0.2 -0.5


0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5


Current Needs Benchmarks suggest that one (1) community arts centre or community theatre would currently be anticipated to be provided in the Woden Valley district. This would be expected to be located in the Woden Town Centre, to serve the district as a whole.

Future Needs Taking into account projected population growth of 10,000 people, an additional half facility

23 A similar facility in Belconnen might be considered to be The Community Theatre, located in the Belconnen Community Centre. The theatre has 145 seats and is air-conditioned and heated. Theatre hire is inexpensive, providing wide community access and enhancing its capacity to realise its vision of a connected, active and strong community. There is also an art room for community access and a community art gallery available for hire. The focus is on presenting work by local and emerging artists and arts groups.




Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre: A facility which provides space for holding auditions, rehearsals, plays and performances for community groups, as well as spaces for artists and art development projects (e.g. craft workshops, rehearsal spaces).

would be required in the Woden Valley district, in addition to the one facility mentioned above. The lower levels of population increase would make little difference to the current need for this facility.

Identified Needs: Consultation with Arts ACT confirmed that there are very few cultural facilities located within the study area, with the exception of The Warehouse Circus. This facility is located within the Chifley Health and Wellness Club (a former primary school), as is the Young Women's Christian Association (YWCA). The Warehouse Circus is a community based organisation that engages with young people interested in circus performance and often undertakes outreach performances at events such as Floriade. As such it is a fairly specialised rather than general cultural facility.

Arts ACT also noted that the performance facilities at Erindale College in Tuggeranong are open to community groups. Kulture Break, a not-for-profit creative arts organisation for young people, is one such group that frequently uses this facility. Although Erindale College is located outside of the WAM study area (approximately 7knn south of Mawson), it services a group of suburbs, potentially including both Torrens and Farrer, which are part of Woden Valley. During consultation with Arts ACT, it was indicated that the anticipated population threshold of 10,000 people for the WAM study area was not a significant increase that would substantiate the need for more facilities. Furthermore, it was suggested that urban infill will increase the number of working age households and couples without children. It is considered that these residents will be able to travel to other districts to access facilities.

An additional outcome of the consultation was the understanding that a policy needs to be developed to facilitate the shared use of school facilities with community groups. This may particularly apply to this level facility. Consideration will need to be made surrounding the implications for schools, including administration and resources for facility management.

During consultation activities, emerging needs for the WAM study area were identified, including providing affordable access to facilities and ensuring that performance spaces for youth are available.

A $9.35 million state-of-the-art Performing Arts Centre at Canberra College in Woden Town Centre has recently opened with a 180-seat performance theatre, a dance studio, a music studio with two practice rooms, a drama studio, a loading dock and front-of-house facilities. This is not currently not open to the public. However, Arts ACT believe that there is no need to duplicate this facility, as while there are no current plans to open the facility to the broader public it is anticipated that it may become available for community use at some point in the future.

Recommended Provision: The WAM study area requires improved access to a community arts centre/community theatre.




Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre: A facility which provides space for holding auditions, rehearsals, plays and performances for community groups, as well as spaces for artists and art development projects (e.g. craft workshops, rehearsal spaces).

This need will increase with long term redevelopment of the town centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: Access to a community arts centre/community theatre may be able to occur through negotiation of use of school / college (e.g. Canberra College) performance space.




Creative and Performing Arts Centre: A centre providing facilities for a range of creative arts and cultural activities. Facilities may include a theatre, galleries, dance studio, creative workshops for visual arts and craft, studios for multi-media or other arts practitioners and groUps, meeting rooms suitable also for training workshops, classes and presentations.

Current Provision: No district level creative and performing arts centres were identified in the Woden Valley or Weston Creek district24.


34 1/:,:'., _

z r , , , g , : : : , A-,_lirsTr16..i.,::., ,.: 'Jell: . : --V '

Creative and Performing Arts Centre DSS 1:60,000 – 1 facility per 60,000 people

' Catchments' Current ' number o f

. facilities • '

-" 2012 = POO. L he of

ac

'-' Projected Need -- ' population, Sceneries

;StiOrifill/ ' SUrpltie''.7.

. Current , .: -

-' Shortfall! ' Surpltis'-'-

Add.' • - - 10,000 — ,

..., .Add.... ,'• - - ; ; ' 2,600

, . people;

Add. • - - - 5,000

. _ - people , Add. , 't ; , 10,000,

, . people


0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


0 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7 Woden Valley and Weston Creek

0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 -1.0 -1.1

Current Needs Benchmarks currently do not suggest the need for a facility in the Woden Valley district, however when the Weston Creek population is considered, a facility benchmarks as required for the combined district. Future Needs

One (1) facility is currently needed for the combined district. If the population grows to include an additional 10,000 people in the WAM study area, it will only marginally increase this existing need.

Identified Needs: The existing Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) campus located near Athllon Drive (the corner of Hindmarsh Drive and Ainsworth Street) facilitates a range of cultural and performance activities. This facility includes a film and television school and has extended opening hours. Its

24 An example of a district level creative and performing arts centre is the Belconnen Arts Centre. The purpose built spaces within Belconnen Arts Centre are available for both regular and occasional hire. They include a main gallery; two creative workshops suitable for large art and craft classes; three creative studios for artists to utilise in the administration and the creation of new works; a meeting room and arts lounge; a dance studio available for dance and movement classes; an outdoor gallery for sculptors and installation artists (also used for events); and a foyer space for community exhibitions, major events, celebrations, launches and concerts.





Creative and Performing Arts Centre: A centre providing facilities for a range of creative arts and cultural activities. Facilities may include a theatre, galleries, dance studio, creative workshops for visual arts and craft, studios for multi-media or other arts practitioners and groups, meeting rooms suitable also for training workshops, classes and presentations.

Music Industry Centre, a custom-designed venue, provides cabaret style tables, chairs, couches and bean bags to watch entertainment, while music and media students provide sound, lighting, video and management of an event, providing learning experiences with professional performers.

During consultation activities, an arts centre inclusive of a dance space was one of the emerging needs identified for the WAM study area.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 identified several gaps in service and facility provision in 2004. This included a lack of arts and cultural facilities. This report also notes that the community felt as though there were insufficient entertainment facilities located within 3-5 kilometres of Woden Town Centre. One of the recommendations of this study was to consider the potential role of an arts facility in Woden.

Arts ACT's have identified that it is currently intended that any future arts facilities will be located to the west of Woden, within Molonglo Valley and potentially Weston Creek. This is largely because, as a higher order facility with a wide catchment area, residents can be expected to travel further to access the services they offer. Accordingly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies the Molonglo Arts Centre as planned infrastructure to be established within the next ten years.

Recommended Provision: Arts ACT's current intentions are that a creative and performing arts facility will be provided in Molonglo Valley within the next ten (10) years. This is anticipated to serve Molonglo Valley, Weston Creek and areas further afield such as Woden Valley district, however consultation has long identified a long standing lack of arts and cultural facilities in Woden Valley district.

Public access to the Performing Arts Centre at Canberra College would provide access to performance facilities, a dance studio, a music studio with two practice rooms and a drama studio. Visual arts needs would however remain unmet.

The redevelopment of Woden Town Centre is an excellent opportunity to provide a Visual Arts Centre and could provide benefits in terms of stimulating development demand. Consideration might therefore be given to such a facility.

Opportunities for Delivery: If provided in the Woden Town Centre a Creative Arts Centre could provide a key landmark building similar to the Belconnen Arts Centre. The case studies undertaken as part of this study have shown that such buildings can act as 'magnet infrastructure' for redevelopment, which may assist the redevelopment of the town centre. Consideration of a Visual Arts Centre as well as an outdoor sculpture garden could be included in any redevelopment of the CaIlam Offices.




Creative and Performing Arts Centre: A centre providing facilities for a range of creative arts and cultural activities. Facilities may include a theatre, galleries, dance studio, creative workshops for visual arts and craft, studios for multi-media or other arts practitioners and groups, meeting rooms suitable also for training workshops, classes and presentations.

Additionally, strong support has been provided through consultation for space for community events and markets. The Farmer's Market is particular was identified as in urgent need of a new location. Consideration could be given to the creation of a community arts precinct in this area, which includes space and provision (e.g. suitable power) for these types of uses.




'Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge. Current Provision:

The Woden Library was identified as being located within the district — the ACT Heritage Library is co-located with this facility and is not benchmarked as a separate facility because of its special purpose. Two mobile library buses also operate in the southern part of Canberra. Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

, District

Library DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people

, . Catchments 'cii'iiiiii ' ';'`,'201-2 .15F6-gigkiree'd ,-,. 'Si-i-qtfaTil/:, 7SttCafilla - number , .. pop. / PopuIatron,Snarios.1: 50Tpliii7= ' ;:'97iipluect;‘.

-, of,. .' facilities :- no of

ac --

- -.- : Z500 ";;• ,-„....,.....--4,-.,„ people;

.1e-As-cici74,- .fe-------J- i', 5,000%.: F,:i*-......--...i, ? people,.;

Add.--- - '.- 10,000 - -....,---...,,t people,;,,

--., Current .', •

:"?.■Fictill-.:!' .16063


Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2 Catchment Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 Woden Valley and Weston 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Creek

Current Needs

The table suggests that the current provision of library facilities in the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek district is in accordance with the adopted benchmark of essentially one per district catchment (in this case a small catchment of 60,000 people).

Future Needs

A population increase of 10,000 people or less would make little difference to the requirement for one library facility (i.e. one facility would still be appropriate). Identified Needs:

The WAM study area includes two libraries - Woden Library and the ACT Heritage Library, located on the first floor of the public library building. The facilities have a total gross floor area (GFA) of 2,169m2, with approximately one quarter of this area reserved for the heritage library and approximately 40m2 being subleased by ACT archives. Hence the area available for general public library purposes is approximately 1,585m2.

The ACT Heritage Library helps tell the stories of Canberra and its people. It collects, preserves, promotes and provides access to documents that record the lives of Canberrans at home and in the wider community. The collection contains books, maps, photographs, newspapers, ephemera, and records of local organisations and individuals. As such, it plays an important role in preserving and making available the heritage of Canberra, and serves an ACT


ACT Government Environment and Sustainable Development


Library: A facility, offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

and wider role.

It was noted during stakeholder consultation that the Woden Library is the busiest library in the ACT, largely because it also services the community of Weston Creek district, is accessible via an arterial road network and is located near a major bus terminal. It also includes larger spaces for recreation and a meeting room. This meeting room can be booked by library members and community groups. Woden Library currently accepts approximately 1,000 people through its doors every day, with figures showing the number of book loans steadily increasing, along with the use of the virtual library system. In general, people throughout the ACT are accessing their local libraries more frequently.

The WAM study area is served by two mobile library buses, which cover the southern part of the ACT.

Libraries ACT additionally provides a home library service for elderly, disabled, housebound and chronically ill residents. During consultation, it was identified that one of the key reasons for utilising this service is the lack of parking and poor access available at the libraries and in particular the Woden Library.

Several current and emerging issues and needs were also identified in relation to the current library service available in Woden. More specifically, the need for more manageable library spaces, including meeting rooms, was a significant issue. However, 2011/2012 Woden library meeting room utilisation data shows that these areas are used just 44 hours out of the month. As noted above, access to Woden Library was highlighted as a key concern, including parking and general accessibility to the building. Although the library is located in close proximity to a major bus terminal, poor public transport during the weekends contributes to accessibility issues during these periods.

Due to the increasing popularity of the Woden Library, refurbishment of the existing facility is required to increase its capacity. Both the public library and heritage library are located within a heritage building, which is challenging for the future expansion and refurbishment of these facilities. The use of the children's library services offered by the public library has also grown and TAMSD (Libraries ACT) have suggested the additional demand could support a dedicated children's library in Woden.

Floor Space Requirements The most applicable guidelines for determination of library floor space in the ACT are considered to be those used in NSW. The State Library of New South Wales (NSW) developed the 'People Places' document, a guide to determining benchmarking standards for the provision of public library buildings. These guidelines, unlike most others, include an allowance for non-resident

workforce using a library, and have also proved relatively reliable and realistic in estimating floor space.




Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

The NSW State Library identifies that, when using population based benchmarking calculations, the total gross floor area (GFA) for a library which provides main services for a region, must be determined using both a local area factor (LAF) and if relevant, a central area factor (CAF) for central library functions. The equation provided within the guideline is as follows:

GFA = (LAF + CAF) x 1.2

In the case of Woden Library, the CAF factor is not deemed relevant as it services a district area function rather than a central area function. The LAF is determined by dividing the projected local resident population and the non-resident workforce by 1,000 and then multiplying this figure by the building area factor (BAF) as follows:

LAF = (proiected local resident population and non-resident workforce) x BAF 1000

The BAF for a population between 65,001-100,000 people is 31m2. Therefore, the present population of 57,750 people in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek combined district and non-resident

workforce of 17,445 people (total of 75,195 people) require approximately 2,331m2 of library space (see table below).

JQ Additional 5,000 population

Additional 10,000 population

Population 57,750 62,750 67,750

Non-resident workforce 17,445 18,288 18,965

Required library space 2,331m2 2,516m2 2,692m2

Shortfall (based on 1,585m2 746m2 931m2 1,107m2

Woden Library)

For an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre and a non-resident workforce of 18,965 people, 2,692m2 of total library floor area should be available according to this benchmark

Based on the above calculations and standards, the Woden Library requires 2,331m2 of library floor space to service the existing residential population of the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district plus non-resident workers (not factoring in any demand from other districts). The current total floor area of the Woden library (excluding the heritage library and archives area) is approximately 1,585m2suggesting a current shortfall of 746m2.

Should the population of Woden increase by an additional 10,000 people, it is estimated that there will be a need for an additional 1,106m2 of library floor space (over the next 10 years under the high development demand scenario).





Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, Creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

It would therefore appear that the existing Woden Library floor space may not be sufficient to meet the needs of the existing and projected population (both residents and non-residential workforce). The ACT Heritage Library and ACT archives together provide approximately 583m2,

so by themselves could not fully meet this need if added to the general public library space.

Added to this is the possibility that Molonglo residents will need to-use Woden Library, particularly in the early stages of growth, but if a library is not provided in Molonglo, then also longer term. A library is not planned at the current time. Should Molonglo residents also need to use Woden Library, by 2021 under the high population threshold scenario, then an additional 620m2 library space will be required, bringing the total additional amount required to 1,726m2. This would result in a major library building of 3,312m2. New Library Models Consideration needs to be given to the best model of providing this floor space. Current research and literature considers the question of whether libraries will still in fact be required in the future. Studies from overseas suggest that it is a time of radical change for libraries, but the latest technological developments can "transform libraries into next generation resource centres and major places for gathering knowledge" and that "the best libraries are showing they can provide a range of services, from helping people find a job to being a meeting place for clubs and groups" (Hitchcock, 2011). As such, the future of the library is seen by many observers as a 'community focal point' or 'gathering point' (Sutter, 2009).

One of the challenges identified by the Canberra Plan 2008 is to increase the use of public libraries and it was noted by TAMSD that this is already occurring. E-resources are becoming increasingly popular in the ACT, including online resources for children and adults, E-books, E-audio

books and music download program. Mobile library buses and home library visits also provide an essential service for those residents that cannot easily access a library centre, including the elderly, disabled and those that are temporarily incapacitated. However, as detailed above, library visitor numbers are increasing in Woden, demonstrating an increasing demand for physical library floor space and improved/expanded facilities into the future to meet these demands.

Strategies to be implemented under the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 include improving library services that are tailored to changing community needs. It is understood that the heritage listing




Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and endagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

of the Woden Library structure places limitations on the expansion of facilities to create more capacity, and on physical refurbishments and renovations of the building. This brings its own challenges in terms of creating more modern leisure spaces in line with the current trends of libraries to become community hubs. The space currently occupied by the Heritage Library and ACT archives, if vacated, would only partially meet existing, not future need.

Recommended Provision: It would appear from the benchmarking analysis that Woden Valley/Weston Creek are appropriately served by one public library facility well into the future. However the existing Woden Library floor space does not appear sufficient to meet the needs of the existing and projected population (both residents and non-residential workforce).

It is estimated that the current and future shortfall of library floor space is 746m2 for the existing population and 1,107m2 for an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre.. Should the population of Molonglo by 2021 also use the Woden Library, then the shortfall would be even greater (1,726m2) and a major library building of 3,312m2 would be required. It may be difficult to accommodate a facility of this size in Woden Town Centre, and consequently it is suggested that Molonglo may be better served by a shopfront library at this time.

It is also clear that the Woden Library is in need of refurbishment to meet modern standards, and that there are currently reported to be some issues in relation to disability access, and this needs to be factored into decision-making about the need for a new library building versus upgrading of the existing building.





Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,




Performing Arts Centre: A large multi-purpose performance space supporting a wide range of performing art forms such as dance, music and theatre.

Current Provision: Three (3) regional level performing arts centres have been identified in the Canberra region:

e Canberra Theatre Centre the Canberra Theatre, located in Civic, is a proscenium arch theatre seating 1244 patrons in one raked tier. It opened in June 1965 and has since maintained its reputation as the premier performing arts venue in Canberra. Canberra

- Theatre has- housed major presenting-companies such as-The Australian • Opera and Sydney Dance Company, as well as international acts, comedy, popular music and family entertainment. The centre also offers a number of spaces that may be hired out for private use, including a studio (large enough for 140 people), playhouse and theatre; and

• Royal Theatre — this is the main theatre of the National Convention Centre. It is the largest multi-function tiered-seating theatre in Canberra. Features include a flat floor section in front of the large stage, backstage support rooms and an audiovisual control room. Many set up configurations are possible. The tiered section of the theatre has a capacity of 1710 people in performance configuration, with a further 750 possible on flat floored seating, giving a total capacity of 2460 patrons. The theatre is used for regional and national touring events and concerts, as well as convention purposes. There are also four (4) theatrettes in the complex, with the largest able to accommodate 300 people; and

• Llewellyn Hall at ANU — Llewellyn Hall is the ANU School of Music's main concert hall and is one of the finest acoustic venues in Australia. It can seat 1440 patrons. It is home to the Canberra Symphony, Canberra Choral Society and Canberra Community Orchestra, as well as hosting tours including Musica Viva and The Australian Chamber Orchestra. The Australian Youth Orchestra Camp and several international artists and acts have also been hosted by the hall. The School of Music is centrally located on the western side of Canberra City within the campus of The Australian National University. Concerts also take place in the Larry Sitsky Recital Room or the Band Room.


Performing Arts Centre


Catchments Current number of facilities

2011 Projected Need Shortfall/ Surplus - Current

Shortfall/ Surplus -

2031 2016 2021 2026 2031

Canberra + thr 3 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 0.6 0.1





Performing Arts Centre: A large multi-purpose performance space supporting a wide range of performing art forms such as dance, music and theatre.

Catchments Current

. iiiierdie6 . . o f ' ' , . faiiit

2012 ,:.: iiiip. ),

no of .

:. Projected Need pAiiijiiii**Ce4r1O„ ,; --

:, .,sisql(11:7:` * . .'Current

':1"'StiOrtfall/ . 4 Si-10:4 7.7

Add : 10,00 '64 Add

2500 . iie6life,

Add exbo

: fieejila-

Add mom

' people' Woden Valley and Weston Creek

0 0.3

,

0.3 0.3 0.3 -0.3 -0.3

Current Needs According to benchmarks, the current provision of regional level performing arts centres is appropriate.

Future Needs Projected population growth in the Canberra region to 2031 suggests that the provision of three existing centres will remain appropriate.

Identified Needs: Canberra currently boasts three regional level performing arts centres which are all located in or around the city centre.

During consultation with Arts ACT, it was indicated that the anticipated population threshold of 10,000 people for the WAM study area was not a significant increase to substantiate the need for more facilities. Furthermore, it was suggested that urban infill will increase the number of working age households and couples without children. It is considered that these residents will be able to travel to other districts including Civic, to see a show.'

Some of the challenges associated with the provision of community facilities, as identified by the Canberra Plan 2008, include increasing participation in the arts. The priorities of this plan are to improve access to the arts for disabled community members and develop arts precincts.

Recommended Provision: Were the population to increase by an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre, it is considered that an additional regional level performing arts centre would still not be required in the WAM study area.




Convention and Exhibition Centre: A large centre purpose-built for tonvention, meetings and events offering conference facilities, exhibition halls and function rooms.

Current Provision: One major convention and exhibition centre and four smaller venues were identified in Canberra and local government areas within a one hour drive of Canberra. These facilities were:

• National Convention Centre Canberra (major facility) — the NCCC is an ACT Government owned asset managed by a third party. The facility includes the Royal Theatre, four theatrettes, exhibition hall, gallery rooms, ballroom and main foyer;

• Exhibition Park in Canberra — offers a range of pavilions and rooms, as well as outdoor areas. The main Budawang Building is a large flexible space for exhibitions, conferences and events, and has been used for expos, dinners, conferences, fairs and shows;

• Australian Institute of Sport (AIS) Arena — has a capacity of up to 2,500 guests and has been used for concerts, exhibitions and trade shows. The facility also includes a number of additional rooms and small theatrette;

• Green Hills Centre — has three large conference halls (50-180 seats each) and ten individual meeting rooms and is located in a rural setting; and

• Southern Cross Events Centre (part of Canberra Southern Cross Club in Woden Town Centre) — offers a large ballroom with three (3) smaller dining rooms.


- It4jtoiT4

Convention and Exhibition Centre

DSS 1150,000 - 1 facility per 150,000 people ." - iriCh"riTerlie771.'7'

r . '67ZiWe'n-et77. '727451-17 •., 7q:47Sre7Fed"NelLik LShortfall/ k.„Stortfall!.,

numerecof:, 'frCiiitres ;''',T 2016 202 417 510167 rioS1'7,'.. Yeurplus

- ' PSurplirs%'"

kAawit k..6.,,-‘t r &curre06,..t2p1.,,,„

Canberra + ihr s 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.9 1.8 1.1

' C a t c h m e n t s + ' ' ' ' . Curreni7 ,

201271 OTOTATeittleall K,,,:s f i n a l I/7 p ho rtfal If , ,-

?!;nurrilrerofg 4,r,:---,•-:-----4,,-

: fafacilities.,-,,,,? pop. /

' no of PopUlaliarScenario§ 'f.STlus

TC urrent ; i a d e l 0;000 , Add2 3FAckfT ;4, Add If"-

• fac. ----- 4-0.----,44 v sq,' --iii - -''' op - , •,.,. . . ;12,500 ii,129,04 i9A.0,009..;

, 134,91:0, EICT.911!9.,: iMP:01:49,,

Woden Valley and 1 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.5 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of convention and exhibition centres in the Canberra+1 area appears adequate according to benchmarks. The Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district catchment does not warrant the provision of such a facility.

Future Needs The current number of facilities would also be adequate for the combined district catchment if




Convention and Exhibition Centre: A large centre purpose-built for convention, meetings and events offering conference facilities, exhibition halls and function rooms.

the study area population were to increase by 10,000 people.

Identified Needs: The need for a further convention centre has been the subject of investigation by tourism and economic interests in Canberra and the ACT Government (see below).

The National Convention Centre Canberra (NCCC) opened in 1989 and a reportedly much needed $30m refurbishment was completed in October 2007 (after being closed for parts of 2006 until October 2007). While the refurbishment has greatly enhanced the quality of the facility the capacities have not changed (limited to an estimated largest multifaceted conference capacity of 2000+ delegates) and a report by the Canberra Convention Bureau suggests that the facility lacks enough space to accommodate larger conferences (with medium to larger exhibitions) or more than one multifaceted average size conference (500-600 people) at a time.

Capacity constraints are said to result in relatively low economies of scale compared to other Australian conference facilities and therefore the facility is less price competitive. During high demand conference months, the facility cannot maximise opportunity resulting in a reported loss of potential business to the city (Major Australian Convention Centres Comparison Report, Canberra Convention Bureau, January 2012).

The development of an international quality convention venue was recognised as an important need for the ACT through the 'Australia Forum', a project initiated by the Canberra Business Council with the support of the ACT Government (Australia Forum Overview 2011). A Scoping Study by Ernst & Young and Cox and a vision document have been prepared and are summarised in the overview document. The scoping study found that:

• Large meetings of international and national importance, such as CHOGM and the G20 cannot be held in Canberra due to the lack of a sufficiently large, high quality, secure venue that can be locked down without disrupting the city, as well as a lack of sufficient accommodation of a suitably high standard;

• A range of other identified governmental meetings (in trade, defence and other sectors), could or would be held in Canberra if appropriate facilities were available;

• Many associations and corporates are not currently considering Canberra as a potential destination due to the current lack of an appropriate venue, particularly events attracting more than 250 delegates;

• Most government agencies, associations, and corporate would seek to hold additional events in the National Capital if more suitable facilities were available; and

• There is likely to be a significant increase in the demand for events from both the Federal Government and the corporate sector.

Several sites have been closely examined, within walking distance to the city centre and a preferred lakefront site identified in West Basin. Criteria for selection included:




Convention and Exhibition Centre: A large centre purpose-built for convention; meetings and events offering conference facilities, exhibition halls and function rooms.

• The iconic nature of the site being very appropriate for a national institution;

• High level security arrangements for international leaders meetings and other events; • The opportunity to deliver National and Territory planning objectives for West Basin;

and

• An important link established between the city and Lake Burley Griffin.

Recommended Provision: There is no identified need for an additional convention and exhibition centre within the WAM study area and the study area does not meet the criteria identified for a facility of this type.




Arts Hub/Arts Precinct: A precinct providing a focal point for the local arts community, potentially including colocation of arts organisations, arts centres and shared exhibition Space.

Current Provision: One (1) arts hub has been identified in the Canberra region. This is:

• Kingston Visual Arts Hub — this facility currently includes the Canberra Glassworks, Old Bus Depot Markets and Megalo Print Studio. Redevelopment of the Kingston Foreshore is proposed to add such facilities as an outdoor cinema, fashion design centre, night markets, seasonal sculpture exhibits and the colocation of several arts organisations which are currently scattered around Canberra, in this area.

Benchmarked The

Current Benchmarks population ACT

Future The


ittatjt.lio Arts Hub/Arts Precinct

DSS 1:500,000 — 1 facility per 500,000 people Catchments • ,Current

inl i i ibarof -' facilities

2011 Projected Need Shortfall/ ' 'Surplus = . , Current

Shortfall/ Surplus=,

2031 2016 2021 2026 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.0 -0.2

, Catchments ' ' ,

Current - 1 ninfitier of . • facilities

_ ' 2012 ;

'OP: / no OW. • - ,

Projected Need - ,

Population Scenarios - --tio'rtf6111'

'Siiiiiliii-=-: Current

'; Sha"rtfall/T `Siiiii4rs-,-..

Add: 10 000 POP' Add.

2,500 people

• Add. 5,000

people : -Add. . 10,000

, people


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Needs suggest that the current number of arts hubs is adequate for the existing

of Canberra. This facility is anticipated to draw people and visitors from all over the and beyond, and hence it would not be anticipated to be provided on a district level.

Needs current provision appears adequate for the projected population growth to 2031.

Identified Needs: Some of the challenges associated with the provision of community facilities, as identified by the Canberra Plan 2008, include increasing participation in the arts and increasing investment in public art and festivals. The priorities of this plan are to improve access to the arts for disabled community members and develop arts precincts.

The recommended precinct has been identified in a highly visible and central location which will act as a regional facility.

Recommended Provision: There is no identified need for an arts hub/arts precinct within the WAM study area, and the WAM study area does not meet the criteria identified for a facility of this type.




Educational Facilities

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is "to ensure that all Canberrans are able to reap the benefits of a high-quality education supported by a culture of excellence in teaching, (and) that lifelong learning opportunities are available to all."

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 also seeks to ensure that, "all Canberrans benefit from a quality education."

The operational plan (2012) prepared by the Environment and Training Directorate (ETD) seeks to ensure that student's academic, social, emotional and physical needs are met by ensuring all ACT public schools provide positive and success-oriented learning environments.

Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years Of age before April 30th•

Current Provision: There were nine (9) preschools identified in the Woden Valley district, all of which are public:

• Chifley Preschool;

• Curtin North Preschool;

• Curtin South Preschool;

• Farrer Preschool;

• Garran Preschool;

• Hughes Preschool;

• Mawson Preschool;

• Pearce Preschool; and

• Torrens Preschool.

Benchmarked The


Local

Preschool


ckaiiiieriti Current , number ■,,00f - facilities

z, ',

op

,--KizLi ',,

1.,OleCt.i.khee'c p Scenario P p o .

S iiiitfisl l'a w 5 i i i i —

Current iwy

TS IFFifil I./7 keigu`iiirus

" A d . 1%000 pop t

fpeciplek

A d. 5,000

, people

A—d-d:, :10,000 people


1 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.0 -2.0


4 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 1.2 1.2

Woden Valley District 9 6.9 7.4 7.9 8.9 2.1 0.1

Page 102 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd.




Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years of age before April 30111.

Current Needs Benchmarks suggest that seven (7) preschool facilities could be expected to be provided in the Woden Valley District. However there are currently nine (9) facilities located in the area. Only one of these is located in the WAM study area, hence the level of provision does not appear to be associated with the district role of the town centre. There are however more preschools servicing the Mawson Group Centre catchment than would be anticipated (four (4) compared with the three (3) according to benchmarking).

Future Needs If the population of the Woden Valley were to increase by 10,000 people, the current level of provision for the district as a whole would remain appropriate. The 1NAM study area, however, would be underserviced by half a centre at a population increase of 2,500 people, one centre at a population increase of 5,000 people, and two centres at a population increase of 10,000 people.

Identified Needs: One of the priorities of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to provide 44 schools that are each delivering 15 hours of preschool education per week.

The need for additional or improved preschool facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

CONFIDENTIAL Note: The following information is confidential and is not for public release.

As at August 2012, total capacity of the nine government preschools in Woden Valley was 440, while the total number of enrolments was 317. The preschools that have capacity are Curtin North, Curtin South, Farrer, Pearce, Chifley and Torrens. It is noted that the Garran Preschool is the most strained in terms of capacity, possibly given its location near The Canberra Hospital precinct.

Noting the capacity pressures on the Garran Preschool, a phone interview was undertaken on the 15 November, which identified that:

e As at 09-11.12, the current pre-school enrolment figures sit at 51(25 in one group and 26 in another), however, the capacity of the preschool is 44 students.

• Next year, they will be permitted to have 25 students per group, as long as the students reside within the Priority Placement Area (PPA).

e From 2013, the capacity of the preschool will be increased to 50 students as long as the students are within the PPA.

e Current capacity issues relate to students being accepted from outside the Priority Placement Area and having to accept siblings of current students.





Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years of age before April 30th•

According to the schools enrolment figures, 40% of students come from outside the PPA. This is largely because workers at the Canberra Hospital often come from overseas or interstate and when they first arrive in Canberra, buy houses close to the hospital for convenience. They then enrol their children in the nearest school (Garran) because they are given 'resident status' and

are counted as part of the PPA group. After 6 months or so, when they are more familiar with the area and have purchased a car, many workers then move to other areas. However, their children are still enrolled at the school and are then classified as out of area children. This has influenced the seemingly high percentage of out of area students attending the school.

Consultation with the ETD has indicated that the decommissioning of approximately 22 schools in 2006 was unpalatable for the majority of the community and is still quite contentious. In some instances, this has meant that pre-schools that have remained viable have been kept open, while the adjoining school has been decommissioned (such as the Weston Preschool). This

can mean that families have to send their children to schools located outside of their local area when they reach primary school age.

Recommended Provision: The DSS recommended for preschools reflects the likelihood that the proportion of children of preschool age in the Woden Valley district will be less than that for growth areas (e.g. Molonglo), or even in the short term at least, for maturing areas. The projected population profiles of Woden Valley district, including incoming residents developed in Section 3, suggest that the proportion of children aged 0 to 4 years will remain similar to the current situation where a relatively low 5.0 per cent of the population in 2016 and 6.9 per cent of the population in 2021 are in this age bracket (refer to Section 3). This can be compared with Molonglo Valley district, for instance, which is projected to have between 8 per cent and 15 per cent of the population made up of 0-4 year olds.

ETD plan for the provision of preschools and primary schools on the basis of enrolment projection modelling, comprising a pupil generation model (on the suburb basis) and a retention model (on transition points). Planning commences for a preschool/primary school once 400 students are generated from one suburb. It is noted that ETD have found it necessary to close some primary schools on the basis of viability, including Weston Primary School, but to retain the preschool, which means that three preschools feed into one primary school (as noted above). No additional stand alone primary schools are likely to be provided in the ACT under the current model of provision.

The analysis by DSS suggests that with the projected increase in population in the WAM study area, the current overall provision of preschools should be appropriate in the longer term. The benchmarking process is however unable to consider the distribution of these within the various suburbs in the Mawson Group Centre catchment, and it may be that some preschools in outer suburbs become unviable (as the population ages), while two additional preschools may eventually be required by residents in Woden Town Centre.




Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years of age before April 30th.

The benchmarking suggests:

• One additional preschool in the WAM study area at a population increase of 5,000 people; and

• One further additional preschool in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people.

These needs may be able to be accommodated in pre-schools in surrounding suburbs. However this will need to be considered on a case-by-case basis by ETD through their modeling analyses. It is also evident that additional pressure is being placed on preschool needs by The Canberra Hospital. The recommended provision is therefore to monitor need, but to potentially, plan to accommodate demand generated by new residents and workers at the hospital equivalent to two additional preschools in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people.

Opportunities for Provision: Opportunities should be taken in the redevelopment process for identifying sites suitable for preschools in Woden Town Centre. These preschools could be associated with private sector higher density development, or with non-government school development. Additionally, there may be opportunities to increase the capacity of existing government preschools.




Primary School: A faCility providing primary education (usually combined with pre-school). Preschool to year 6 (P-6) or year 7 of school or Preschool to year 10 of school (P-10).

Current Provision: Six (6) government primary schools and five (5) non-government primary schools were identified in the Woden Valley district. There were:

Government:

• Curtin Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Farrer Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Garran Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Hughes Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Mawson Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Torrens Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

Non-government:

• Holy Trinity Primary School (Primary only) (Catholic systemic school)

• St Peter and Paul's Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6) (Catholic systemic school)

• Canberra Christian School (Prep — Yr 6) (independent school)

• Sacred Heart Primary School (Primary only) (Catholic systemic school)

• Marist College (Yr 4 — Yr 12) (independent school)


Local

Government Primary School DSS 17,500 — 1 facility per 7,500 people

Catchments Current 201271 . iProjected Need -; ,

:.shOiifall/ r'....stiiiiifalIC number of :4 pop17) PiglaikitsTerlaTiO'i s-''ul:piii;,!'. ,.,:siriiiiiis

,rfiCiiiii;s; no of .- - Current .-r4cici:".:

... , .1.:- ' An ,., c '

,„'Adca H-4., ..---1., 2,50o.,,,1 , _,:A

4,-.----------e 7,s,000l ,.1?, 4,- ---- - tp,octc.

, .10 000 pop

' '.,,,.. , IpeoPI§1 1,13.9.PPIgl 4TP_VPI.P.1, , WAM Study Area 1 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 0.3 -1.0 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre 3 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.1 1.1 Catchment





, P r i m a r y S c h o o l : A facility providing primary education (usually combined with pre-school).

, Preschool to year 6 (P-6) or year 7 of school or Preschool to year 10 of school (P-10).

Current Currently, higher school). further schools

Future With benchmarks accordance in

Two study

Local

a

Non-Government Primary School

DSS 1:5,000 — 1 facility per 5,000 people25

: Catchments :. ,

. Current,; number of , f01'6iii4ei

, : 2 0 24 . ::. Obi I ; 1.°.°761111 -,f,pE!':''

, PdcifeCied tsie6ii :,., :.: 0 6 pLij O F S'eFiii 0 s.. ,..Shdrtfill/;, .

-siiiii_ F.16' , 614.1.014:

-

-.§ricSitfailk 's iiiriliTI; :

::•Adei'''''. 1660o

• pop

•.' Ail-CC:1

zsoci:ft ikoi'ile.,

'Ad :

?Scioci iireViiie

' ' Add.:

':1(1,00fi pe'ojile',


1 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.0 -2.0


3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 0.2 0.2


Needs benchmarks suggest that the provision of government primary schools is slightly

than would be anticipated on the basis of the DSS for the district as a whole (one However the provision of non-government primary schools benchmarks as requiring

two (2) primary schools. The provision of both government and non-government primary combined for the WAM study area is largely in accordance with benchmarks.

Needs population growth of 10,000 people, one (1) additional government primary school

as required for the WAM study area, while the provision across the district is in with the existing number of schools. As with preschools, this reflects some change

the location of demand within the district.

(2) additional non-government primary schools also benchmark as required in the WAM

area when the population growth reaches 10,000 additional people.

I d e n t i f i e d Needs:

Government Schools During consultation activities, the Education and Training Directorate (ETD) identified that there

are currently no plans for new public primary schools in Woden and no applications have been made for private primary schools in the area, The focus for the ETD at present is on managing enrolment and students attending schools outside their Priority Placement Areas (PPAs), as well as improving existing infrastructure where required. Transportable buildings (i.e. demountables) are also being considered as an option for those schools that may require a slight increase in existing capacity. An ongoing issue for the ACT government is determining appropriate uses of decommissioned school sites. Potential solutions include community facilities, open space and recreation and residential development.

25 Note that Non-Government primary schools have an existing higher rate of provision in Woden Valley (approximately 1: 4,900) than Government primary schools. The DSS used for Non-Government schools reflects the high number of existing schools. This is likely to be related to its central, transport accessible position and historical decisions.




Primary School: A facility providing primary education (usually combined with pre-school). Preschool to year 6 (P-6) or year 7 of school or Preschool to year 10 of school (P-10).

It is noted that in December 2006, the ACT Government announced closure of 23 schools under its Towards 2020: Renewing our Schools strategy. Of the twenty three (23) schools six were retained for specific uses and seventeen (17) were transferred to Territory and Municipal Services (TAMS) to determine their future use. Two of these facilities are located within the study area, including the Melrose (Chifley) Primary School and North Curtin Primary School.

Since 2006, each of the four decommissioned schools located within the Woden Valley district has undergone redevelopment. The Melrose (Chifley) Primary School is now the Chifley Regional Community Hub, a regional community centre that accommodates various community service providers (see Community Hub). The Pearce Primary School was decommissioned in 1988 and its students were sent to the Chifley Primary School site, which was renamed the Melrose Primary School. The former Pearce Primary School site is now the Pearce Community Centre (see Community Centre).

Additionally, the former North Curtin Primary School is now occupied by Teddy Bears Childcare Centre (see long day (child care) centre) and the Emergency Service Headquarters for the ambulatory service.

Rivett Primary School in the Weston Creek district is now occupied by the Noahs Ark Resource Centre (a family and community centre) and the Shepherd Centre, which provides speech, hearing and language therapy for deaf and hearing impaired children. The site also includes a community park and seventy three (73) two and three bedroom units that are managed by the Housing and Community Services sector of the Community Services Directorate (CDS). These units are identified as Older Supportive Community Housing, which are essentially public housing tenancies for individuals over 65 years of age.

In the adjoining Weston Creek district, the Weston Primary School has been redeveloped as the Weston Community Hub (see Community Hub). It is managed by ACTCOSS and includes a neighbourhood hall and fourteen (14) tenancy spaces for community organisations.

Government and Non-Government The Canberra Plan 2008 prioritises the support of school renewal and infrastructure improvement programs. Similarly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 strategies (relating to all public schools) include the upgrade of lighting and fire safety in all schools (over the next two years), installation and upgrade of lifts in multi-storey schools (within five years), establishing specialist language centres at public schools (also within five years) and upgrading school car parking areas (over the next ten years). This plan also supports the flexible use of schools through the colocation and provision of common facilities, such as child and family services, performing arts centres and sports facilities. The infrastructure plan specifically identifies the refurbishment of the Torrens and Hughes Primary Schools in the Woden Valley district as planned infrastructure projects with a two year timeframe.





The need for additional or improved primary school facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: As with preschools, the benchmarking suggests the possibility of some dislocation of demand as outer areas of the Woden Valley mature over time, and new residents settle in Woden Town





Centre. This will need to be considered on a case-by-case basis by ETD through their modeling analyses.

At the present time, the benchmarking suggests that there may be a requirement for:

• One additional government primary school in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people;

• - One additional non-government primary schoolin the WAM Study-area at a popufatiorr increase of 5,000 people; and

• One further additional non-government primary school in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people.

Consideration of the number of children likely to be generated by development (refer to section 3) suggests that there will be an increase in the existing number of children, however, this is considered unlikely to be in sufficient numbers to generate the enrolments required by ETD to trigger the provision of a new school in the short to medium terms. In addition, it is understood that current enrolments are falling in many surrounding schools. Furthermore, it is considered that there are opportunities for expansion of existing schools (as opposed to building new facilities) if required, given that the current enrolment levels of all existing schools are well below ETD's maximum desirable capacity of 700 students.

It would consequently appear that children from Phillip may need to attend one of three or four schools in surrounding suburbs, which will help to bolster enrolments in some of these schools.

Consultation also suggests that non-government schools are much more likely to locate in growth areas, like Molonglo, than Woden Valley. Land availability would also be likely to preclude this occurring.




High' School : A.faallity providing the firSt'fotinyea' es of secondary education (Year,S,7=.10)'

Current Provision: The audit identified two (2) government high schools and one (1) non-government high school in the Woden Valley district.

Government:

• Melrose High School — located in the suburb of Pearce, the Melrose High School has a Priority Placement Area (PPA) which covers the southern half of the Woden Valley _ . _ _. . ._ . . . . . _. . _ . district, including Chifley, Pearce, Torrens, Mawson, Farrer, O'Malley, Isaacs and part

of Phillip. • Alfred Deakin High School — although located outside of the Woden Valley district, as

defined in this study, Alfred Deakin High has a Priority Placement Area which includes Curtin, Lyons, Garran, Hughes and parts of Phillip, as well as suburbs outside the Woden Valley district. It is not included in the audit of facilities spreadsheet for this reason, but has been included in the benchnnarking.

Non-government:

• Marist College (Yr 7-10) — located in the suburb of Pearce in the south of the district. This school is boys only. There are no Non-Government high schools for girls in the Woden Valley District.


Sub district ' Government High School


.Catchments ,Current number '

of facilities

2012 . pop. / ho of ' fae,

Projected Need - PopU atiiirf Scenarios Shortfall/ SiiiiilUi — Currentr

Shortfall/ : ,Surplus — A d 10000

pop Add. 2,506

people •

' -Add. 5,000

, people :

'Add. 10,000 people


o 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 -0.3 -0.8


1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.3 0.3

Woden Valley District 2 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 0.3 -0.2

Suh;cliStrict

Non-Government High School DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people26

Catchments ciiii.eni j r ipmber, `

'2012' pop/

-:1:)rojecieci KleO'd -

Population Scenarios I diiciiitalli

Surplus— ,

'-'6,h-oi-if.aie

Surplus—of '

facilities , . .

'n9 of ;fac.' ' 'Add: '

2,500 ipeople.

Add: i 5,000 ' -,

tpsOple,

Add. 10,000

„geoplei

Current' : . Add. 10,000

,

26 Non-Government high schoo ls have a rate o f provision in W o d e n Val ley lower than Government high

schools. This is on a pa r w i th o the r districts in the ACT.




High School: A facility providing the first four years of secondary education (Yeal's 7=10)_

, . - - - WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.8 Catchment

Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 1

Current Needs According to the benchmarking results, the current need for government high schools is being met by the two high schools in the district. The need for non-government high schools is also currently being met, although the existing school is boys only27. While there are no high schools in the WAM study area itself, this would not necessarily be expected.

Future Needs No additional government high schools would be needed with projected population growth. The current number of non-government high schools is also sufficient for the projected population. The location of a high school in the WAM study area would be even less appropriate with high density redevelopment.

Identified Needs: As detailed previously, during consultation activities the Education and Training Directorate (ETD) identified that there are currently no plans for new public high schools in Woden and no applications have been made for new private high schools in the area. Improvements are currently being considered for Melrose High School to maintain its enrolments. It is also noted that a Preschool to year 2 of schooling (P-2) facility is available in Lyons for Woden Town Centre residents.

Within a two year time frame, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 seeks to establish trade training centres within several high schools. It has not been determined whether Melrose High School or Alfred Deakin High School will be selected for these centres.

The need for additional or improved high school facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

27 It would be anticipated within the DSS that a non-government high school for girls only would be located in another district (i.e. the DSS does not alter regardless of whether the school is single sex or co-ed).




High School: A facility providing the first four years of secondary education (Years 7-10)

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further need for either government or non-government high schools in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase considering the only slight increase in school aged children (see section 3) under the population threshold scenarios over the next 10 (ten) years. Furthermore, an increase in demand (up to 296 students) can currently be accommodated within existing capacity at the two (2) government high schools.

It would appear desirable that measures are taken to increase enrolments at Melrose High School to meet future needs from the WAM study area. This could possibly occur through its nomination and upgrading as a trade trading centre, with the possibility of closer linkages between CIT and Melrose High School.




Secondary College: A facility providing the last two years of secondary education (Yr 11-12).

Current Provision: The audit identified one (1) government secondary college and one (1) non-government secondary college in the Woden Valley district catchment. These are:

• Canberra College (Woden Campus); and • Marist College (Yr 11-12).

A non-government secondary college is also located in the Weston Creek district. -This is the Orana Rudolph Steiner School. The Weston Creek campus of the Canberra College is not included in this analysis as it provides education specifically to young people with children.


District

Government Secondary College

DSS 1:30,000 - 1 facility per 30,000 people

Catchments Current number

of facilities

2012 pop.! no of fec.

Projected Need - Population Scenarios

. Shortfall/ Surplus -

, . Shortfall/ Surplus --

Add. -.-. - 1u , 000 pop

Add. 2500

people

Add. 5,000

peoPle

Add. 10,000 people

Current

VVAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.8 0.5


o 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

Woden Valley District 1 1.1 1.2 ' 1.3 1.5 -0.1 -0.5


1 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 -0.9 -1.3

District

Non-Government Secondary College

DSS 1.30,000 - 1 facility per 30,000 people

Catchments Current number

2012 pop.!

Pro'ected Need - Population Scenarios

Shortfall/ Surplus -

Current

Shortfall/ Surplus-Add.

10,000 pop of

facilities no of fac. Add.

2,500 people

Add. 5,000

people

Add. 10,000 people


o 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 -0.2 -0.5


1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5



2 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 0.1 -0.3

Current Needs The current provision of government and non-government secondary colleges is appropriate for the population in the Woden Valley district according to the benchmarking analysis. For the





combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area the benchmarking analysis suggests a current need of a nearly one college. While there are no high schools in the WAM study area itself, this would not necessarily be expected.

Future Needs Even if the population in the Woden Valley district grows by 10,000 people, the current provision will continue to be appropriate. When the Woden Valley district and Weston Creek district are considered together, an additional government secondary college may be required to serve this catchment even at the lowest level of increase (2,500 people). - . Identified Needs: The ETD noted during consultation that Weston Creek district currently does not have its own College but feeds into those available in Woden Valley district.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies the establishment of Trade Training Centres at Colleges across the ACT as a key strategy to be implemented over the next two years. It has not been determined whether Canberra College (Woden Campus) will be selected for these centres. Further planned infrastructure for the same period includes a new facility to support the Canberra College Cares Program (Weston Campus) and a new performing arts theatre at Canberra College (the latter now constructed).

The need for additional or improved secondary college facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.






Recommended Provision: The need for a further secondary college will need to be considered by ETD through their modeling analyses.

At the present time, the benchmarking and enrolment capacity (which is currently exceeded by 57 students) suggests that there may be a requirement for:

• One additional government secondary college in the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district catchment at a population increase of 2,500 people.

The need for an additional facility is supported by ETD's maximum desired facility enrolments of 1,000 enrolments for government secondary colleges (current enrolments at the Canberra College total 969 students).

This could be a government or non-government secondary college.

Opportunities for Delivery: It is considered that such a facility is likely to be accommodated out of WAM study area because of limited land availability, and possibly in the Weston Creek district catchment. No specific opportunities have currently been identified.




Early Childhood School: A facility combining early childhood centre and primary school (Birth-8 (Yr 2)).

Current Provision: The Lyons Early Childhood School offers child care and preschool programs, as well as Kindergarten, Year 1 and Year 2, and is the only Early Childhood School located in the Woden Valley district. This facility was previously a primary school before transitioning to an Early Childhood School in 2009.

The

Current According is

Future Future

Benchmarked Needs: application of the DSS shows the following: .

District Early Childhood School

DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people Catchments

‘

Current number of

, facilities

2012 pop. / no of fac.

Projected Need - Populatiori.Scenarios

Shortfall! ' Surplus —' Current

,

'Shortfall/ Surplus

1 — Add. 10,000

pop, Add. 2,500

people

Add. 5,000

people

Add. 10,000 people


0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs

to benchmarks, the current provision of Early Childhood Schools is appropriate. This true for both Woden Valley, and the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district.

Needs

population growth is not expected to trigger the need for an additional facility.

Identified Needs: Access to early childhood development programs, fostering the transition between home to school and care facilities is a key focus of the ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014.

Early childhood schools are a relatively new model developed by the ACT Government. The first four (4) Early Childhood Schools opened in 2009 and are located at Narrabundah, Isabella Plains, Lyons and Scullin (Southern Cross). The schools are a highly successful model of early years learning that are considered to provide children with the best start to their early development and education. Evidence from research into early childhood development, changing social structures, economics and the role of schools provided a strong case for using existing school sites as hubs for the creation of these integrated services for children (birth to 8) and their families.

Three elements form the core of the model for Early Childhood Schools:





Early Childhood School: A facility combining early childhood centre and primary school (Birth-8 (Yr 2)).

e high quality learning;

O integrated service delivery with links to services from different government and community agencies (for example, education, child care and health programs); and

• family support and participation.

Opportunities to forge links with the early childhood courses at Canberra Institute of Technology and University of Canberra, for example in staff recruitment and parenting education, have been successful. In-addifion, Successful partnerships with local colleges offer students apprenticeship placements at the Early Childhood Schools in courses relevant to children's services.

The ACT Early Childhood Schools have become hubs or integrated services centres for children from birth to 8 years, which are attractive to many families who live and work in the regions where they are located. It is noted that an Early Childhood School is planned for Molonglo in a 10 year time frame possibly collocated with a library and college.

The need for additional child care facilities within the WAM study area was an issue raised during consultation with both local community facility providers and government directorate representatives. No specific reference was made to early childhood schools.

Recommended Provision: At the present time there are relatively few Early Childhood Schools in the ACT; however it is anticipated that these will expand over time with the success of the model. It would not be anticipated in the short to medium term that any further provision would be made in the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district. It is noted that an early childhood school is planned in Molonglo.





Adult/Community Education Centre: A facility providing life-long learning options through an adult community, education program. May be provided through a vocational or tertiary learning

, institution.

Current Provision: There was one adult/community education centre identified in time the audit was undertaken:

• Centre for Adult Community Education (ACE) at (Woden Campus);

• CIT Solution's Centre for Adult Community Education

I t

is also noted that there is a campus at the Weston Campus "Brain Gym".

the Woden Valley district at the

CIT Solutions, Canberra College

(ACE) at W o d e n C I T Campus.

of Canberra College, the Weston

Benchmarked The

Current Benchmarks

Woden benchmarks.

Future If would


Affitiniar77;?;4:‘::,;- ..,715=5121101g-ir-iCjii4MKIMBRANGEMEINMMORM Adult/Community Education Centre

DSS 1:30,000 —1 facility per 30,000 people

Catchments r

curriril:

niithb6r of facilities

'

. 2012 :. POP „/ ,

no of -

tic.

: Projected Need - ,.:, Population $:O.enarios

Shortfall!! Siiipliii'• Current' -

,

Stiiiitfallls ,.-§-aroas

' A d d . '

10000 , pop.,

Add 2500

; people ,

Add ,

5,000 ,, People '

Add _ , '

1u,000

, people

, WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 1.8 1.5


o 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5



3 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 1.1 0.7

Needs s u g g e s t

the current provision of two adult / community education centres in the Valley district, and three centres in the combined district is more than anticipated by

Needs 1

the population in the Woden Valley were to increase by 10,000 people, no further facilities benchmark as required.

Identified Needs: The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 states that lifelong learning opportunities should be available to all. An overarching objective supported by the ACT Government is to increase the proportion of adults with post-school qualifications.




Adult/Community Education Centre: A facility providing life-long learning options through an adult community education program. May be provided through a vocational or tertiary learning institution.

The CIT Solution's Centre for Adult Community Education (ACE) runs a program of evening adult education classes at Woden CIT Campus. Courses include:

• Music;

• Craft;

• Computing;

• Interior Design;

• Languages.

ACE is also now offering a variety of short courses at the Canberra College (Woden Campus) outside of college operating hours, to take advantage of the college's facilities and location, including courses in:

• Photography;

• Languages;

• Cooking;

• Yoga;

• Art.

The Weston Brain Gym is an Adult and Community Education (ACE) program which runs about 60 affordable classes each term during the day from Monday to Thursday, both during the day and in the evenings. Courses are held in a diverse range of areas such as:

• Computing;

• Art;

• Crafts;

• Health;

• Fitness;

• Languages.

The Brain Gym started as the Stirling College Brain Gym. After Stirling College amalgamated with Phillip College in 1997 forming the Canberra College with Weston and Phillip Campuses, each campus ran a successful Brain Gym program for several years. At the end of 2008 the Woden and Weston Brain Gyms were once more amalgamated, with:

• Evening classes held at the Woden Campus, Launceston Street, Phillip; and

• Morning and day classes remaining at the Weston Campus, Fremantle Drive, Weston.

The need for additional or improved adult/community education centres within the WAM study

area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in

Page 120 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, ACT Government, Environment and Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Sustainable Development Strategic Leisure Group. Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Adult/Community Education Centre: A facility providing life-long learning options through an adult community education program. May be provided through a vocational or tertiary learning institution.

the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further need for adult education facilities in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase.




Special school: Specialist schools providing education for students with a disability.

Current Provision: There were two (2) special schools identified in the Woden Valley district which were:

• The Malkara Special School in Garran — an ACT government preschool and primary school for students who have moderate to severe intellectual disabilities;

• The Woden School — an ACT government school for students in Years 7-12 with an intellectual disability or complex physical disability

The above two facilities cater to different age groups (primary and secondary) and therefore for the purpose of the benchmarking, the facilities have been counted as one facility.

The Hospital: Special School offers kindergarten to year 12 education to children in long-term care at The Canberra Hospital. The school is not necessarily for disabled children, and therefore is not included in the benchmarking, but provides an education program to students who cannot attend classes.


District

Special school

DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people CrgiCiiMeriig ': Current - .,,,i5r6f§-0.6-0-iga:,:, ,Shortfall! f:Sliaifilli „

number o f „ .:.:, qUitliei,:.

: 1:22pi;!,;.;

no of ,- ••• • .: :

copulation Scenerige, ',S..urpla —''', ::plirent

'

?.§..Filici.' i.iNdd':_

•.„ , 4

AcIli i;,; TrAnifd, • Kia.:,,,

fac• —,560: ,„.„._. z: %,,qo,000 • , 243 K5,000 0,00.9:: o q OFP*1 1:.P.9Plq.0, 14:.67.4P.IP,

WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2 Catchment


Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of special schools in the Woden Valley is above that suggested by the benchmarking analysis, however, it is at the level suggested by benchmarks when the population of the Weston Creek district is included in the analysis.

Future Needs The current provision will continue to be appropriate based on benchmarks with the additional population projected.

Identified Needs: The Education and Training Directorate Operational Plan 2012 seeks to build excellence in disability education.




Special school: Specialist schools providing education for students with a disability.

The need for additional or improved special schools within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for additional special schools in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase. However ETD should continue to assess these needs on an overall demand basis.




Institute of Technology (CIT) campus: A government institute providing vocational education and training from certificate to degree level and including a range of flexible learning options.

Current Provision: There is one Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) campus located in Phillip in the Woden Valley district.

There are currently 5 CIT facilities across the ACT that provide educational services, which are located at:

_ . 1. Haydon Drive, Bruce 2. Constitution Ave, Reid 3. Canberra Ave, Fyshwick 4. Ainsworth Street , Woden 5. Sutton Road Training Facility (earth moving facilities only)

In addition to the above 5 facilities, there are also 2 learning centres (outreach, drop-in centres) located at Gungahlin and Tuggeranong. These facilities are smaller and provide online classes and flexible learning, as well as some classroom-based classes.

Note: the Woden campus was previously called the Southside Campus but has recently been renamed the Woden Campus.

Benchmarked The

Current One Woden Creek

Future The


District , .

Institute o f Technology (CIT) campus


Catchments Current number of facilities

2012 pop.! no of fac.

Projected Need - Population Scenarios

Shortfall/ Surplus — Current

Shortfall/ Surplus —

Add. 10,000

pop

Add . 2,500 people

Add . 5,000 people

Add. 10,000 people


1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs current campus of the CIT is considered appropriate for the current population of the

Valley district, as well as the combined population of the Woden Valley and Weston districts.

Needs current provision is considered appropriate based on benchmarks with the additional




Institute of .Technology (CIT) campus: A government institute providing vobational education and training from certificate to degree level and including a range of flexible learning options.

population projected.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) provides specialised learning opportunities at the Woden campus. CIT are also the custodians of a child care centre on Easty Street, Phillip (Block 2, Section 80).

Existing service levels provided at the facility are considered to be adequate by government directorate representatives and community service providers consulted as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: The provision of one facility to serve the combined district catchment of Woden Valley and Weston Creek would appear appropriate on the basis of benchmarks compared to other districts of Canberra. Option 3 would therefore not appear the preferred option on the basis of benchmarks alone unless a new learning centre is provided within the district.

The addition of up to 10,000 additional people in the district in close proximity to the Phillip campus would also reinforce the desirability of retaining a facility in this location. The demographic projections for the incoming population, with a projected population of people aged 25-34 of up to 37.9 per cent in Phillip and 21.3 per cent across the whole Woden Valley district, support the need for a full campus in the vicinity of the Woden Town Centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: The first and second options presented by CIT representatives are to either retain and maintain the existing campus infrastructure; or to retain the campus and redevelop the site. Guidance will be required on the preferred option and site (if relocated) by government.




Institute of Technology (CIT) campus: A government institute providing vocational education and training from certificate to degree level and including a range of flexible learning options.

If government opts to go with Option 3, it would be necessary to provide a learning centre and the most appropriate location would be closer to the Woden Town Centre. Consideration could be given to providing a joint facility with a new Woden Library.





University: A n Australian Government o r privately funded tertiary education facility.

Current Provision: Four universities were identified in the Canberra region, being:

• T h e University o f Canberra;

• T h e Australian National University;

• T h e Australian Catholic University; and

• T h e Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA).

There is also a specialised theological campus o f Charles S tud University. This w a s established

in 1998 to house the Austral ian Centre for Christ ianity and Culture, a joint initiative between the

University and the Anglican Diocese o f Canberra and Goulburn. It has not been included in the

benchnnarking analysis due to its special ised nature.

Benchmarked Needs: T h e application o f the DSS shows the following:'

A- tErig .4 _ —

University DSS 1:150,000 - 1 facility per 150,000 people

Catchments' * °

Current number of

2011 Projected Need _ - , ....

Shortfall/ suiRiiis :

Shortfall/ saiiikii--

facilities 2016 2021 2026 2031 ,

Current' ' 2031 Canberra + 1hr 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.9 -0.2 -0.9

' Catchments ,

Current 2012 Projected Need - ' Shortfall! ' Shortfall/ 'Surplus number of p&p. / Population Scenarios Surplus 7 7

facilities no of - Add .

Add . ' . Add Current

, . Add. 10,000

,-, 'ac' 2500 5,000 10,000 pop people people people

Woden Valley and o 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 -0.4 -0.5 Weston Creek

Current Needs T h e current provision o f university facilit ies appears appropriate based on the benchmarking

analysis, albeit one o f the universities is relatively small (900 students at the Austral ian Catholic

University).

Future Needs T o 2031, the benchnnarking analysis suggests that this number o f universit ies will remain

appropriate.

Identified Needs: T h e main campus of the Austral ian National University is located on 145 hectares o f land in

Acton close to the city centre. It houses approximately 16,700 students. T h e University of

Canberra has a 120 hectare site at Bruce, and ove r 12,000 students. A D F A plays a specialised

role in training defence force personnel on a site in the Canberra suburb o f Campbel l , adjacent

to the Royal Military College, Duntroon. T h e academic program is run b y the University o f New




University: An Australian Government or privately funded tertiary education facility.

South Wales. The Australian Catholic University is a much smaller university, located on a site at Watson.

The need for additional or expanded universities within the ACT was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for an additional university in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase, and the land consuming nature of the activity would preclude its location in this area.



Directorate (ES DO) WAM CSR Facility Study

Health Facilities

GP Medical Centre: A medical surgery providing ongoing comprehensive healthcare

Current Provision: There were eleven (11) General Practice (GP) Medical Centres identified in the Woden Valley district.

Benchmarked The

Current The Valley average Services, 11A.4)), workload depending variability Woden that district

Future Benchmarks the further


Subldiitrict

GP Medical Centre


Catchments Current , number Of

facilities ,

201-2 POP. / no Of

Projected Need -. Population Scenarios . Shortfall/

Surplus 7 Current'

Shortfall/ Surplus

- '7"Add:' , ' - 1000 ,0 pop

, - , 2,500 , people

,

Ad d. . ; 5,000 people

M d . ,10,000 people


3 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.8 1.7 -0.8


4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.5 0.5

Woden Valley District 11 8.6 9.2 9.8 11.1 2.4 -0.1

Needs current provision of GP Medical Centres appears more than adequate across the Woden

District according to benchmarks. The benchmarks were calculated on the basis of the number of GPs per 100,000 population in the ACT (based on Report on Government 2012 (Steering Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision, Table

converted to the average size of a medical centre in capital cities (2.6 full-time equivalent (FWE) GPs per medical centre). Some variation may therefore occur

on the size of individual practices. However, it is considered that the greatest is likely to occur because of the location of The Canberra Hospital adjacent to the

Town Centre, and also the workforce of Woden Town Centre. It is consequently noted each of the WAM study area, the Mawson Group Centre catchment and the Woden Valley

benchmark as having a higher provision of GP Medical Centres than anticipated.

Needs suggest that there would be a requirement for 1 additional GP Medical Centre in

WAM study area as a result of an additional population increase of 10,000 people, but no centres required for the Woden Valley district as a whole.

Identified Needs: The ACT has been noted to be a growing community with young families and chronic GP shortage28. The Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 confirms that the ACT is experiencing a shortage of GPs which is causing unique pressures on the existing ACT workforce. In 2010-11, the national average for full time workforce equivalent (FWE) GPs per 100,000 population was

28 http://www.alp.org.au/federal-government/news/gp-super-clinic-for-the-act/




GP Medical Centre: A medical surgery providing ongoing comprehensive healthcare

89.5. However, the ACT rate was much lower, at 65.4 per 100,000 (Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 citing Report on Government Services 2012, Table 11A.4). This means the ACT is approximately 84 full-time GPs short of what might be expected based on the national urban

average.

Compared to the ACT average, the current provision of GP Medical Centres appears relatively high in the study area, and the need for additional or improved GP Medical Centres within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities. Nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

It would appear clear that this level of provision may be influenced by workforce in the Woden Town Centre. Preliminary workforce projections (including both part-time and full-time employment) undertaken for this study (refer to section 3.5.4) suggest that there may be an increase of 2,200 or 2,380 people working in the Woden Valley who reside in other districts over a ten year period to 2021.

Recommended Provision: It is difficult to predict the future need for additional medical centres in the WAM study area because of the existing high level of provision. However, allowing for the fact that current centres are clearly based on a viable market share, the approach can be taken that an additional number of centres should be allowed for in the WAM study area relative to the incoming population of 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 additional residents. This would suggest an increase in the requirement for GP services for the WAM study area of 1.3 centres for 5,000 people or 2.5 centres for 10,000 people.

The increase of projected future workers will also increase this requirement for GP services. No benchmarking data is known on the number of additional medical centres likely to be required for additional workers who live outside the area. However if 40% of these used medical services in the town centre, then it would generate a need for an additional 0.1 of a centre in the first 5

years and 0.6 of a centre within 10 years based on the high development demand scenario.

It is consequently suggested that there could be a further requirement for up to an additional 1 GP Medical Centres in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase to 5,000 people (plus an additional 1,024 workers from outside the district) and a further 3 GP Medical Centres for a population increase to 10,000 people (plus an additional 2,160 workers from outside the district), based on the high development demand scenario. Further demand

may also occur as a result of expansion of the hospital precinct, but this cannot be quantified.

Opportunities for Delivery: The above GP Medical Centres would be desirably provided within the Woden Town Centre. Opportunities exist in the redevelopment of office space and on the ground floor of mixed use buildings to establish such centres in the redevelopment process.




'GP Super Clinic: A medical centre providing after hours GP services and access to coordinated health care services. Support general practitioners, nurses, visiting medical specialists and allied health professionals to work together, generally in a single location.

Current Provision: There were no GP Super Clinics identified in the Woden Valley district, or the Weston Creek district.

Benchmarked The

Current A analysis, Weston

Future If Super


. . . . r O s t i o r a

GP Super Clinic

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people Catchments

'

Current number of facilities

2012 pep. / , no of

. , 'ac'

Projected Need - Population Scenarios - - -

, Shortfall! Surplus — Current

Shortfall/ Surplus — ' Add. 10,000 pop

A. . ' Add -- 2 ,00 ' -people

Add . &ow ,-; people

Add mo 10,000 ' people ,


o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7


o 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 -to -1.1

Needs GP Super Clinic is not triggered in the Woden Valley district according to the benchmarking

however a need is triggered when the combined population of the Woden Valley and Creek districts is considered.

Needs the population of the Woden Valley increased by up to 10,000 people, the need for a GP

Clinic would not be significantly further increased.

Identified Needs: The need for a GP Super Clinic that would bulk bill was raised during consultation with community based service providers, however, no locations were suggested for the possible establishment of such a facility. The service providers particularly noted that the clinic would be needed when the population increases by 10,000 people.

Recommended Provision: The concept of GP Super Clinics is relatively new and their roll-out across Australia has been relatively slow. More than 60 GP Super Clinics are proposed around the country. At the present time there is only one GP Super Clinic proposed in the ACT, although it is envisaged as providing services in both the north and south of Canberra through a 'Hub and Spoke' model. Ochre Health has been chosen to establish and operate the ACT GP Super Clinic.

Ochre Health will build 2 new medical centres in the North of Canberra and incorporate its





GP Super Clinic: A medical centre providing after hours GP services and access to coordinated health care services. Support general practitioners, nurses, visiting medical specialists and allied health professionals to work together, generally in a single location.

current medical centre in Calwell as part of a Hub and Spoke Model. The main site will be situated on the University of Canberra campus adjacent to Ginninderra Drive and will focus on training and professional development of current and future health practitioners as well as a large integrated primary care centre.

The GP Super Clinic will occupy the first 2 floors of a 4 story building that will house training facilities for the University's Faculty of Health and other health related organisations. The GP Super Clinic will also provide pharmacy, pathology and imaging on site, and form part of a 'health hub' created by its recent identification as the preferred site for the ACT's new sub-acute hospital and as the home for a new National e-Health Living Laboratory. The Bruce site will be opened in late 2013.

A second hub site will be built in the new suburb of Casey to provide integrated primary care services to the new growth suburbs in the north west of Canberra. The Casey site will be opened in early 2013.

The proposed GP Super Clinic is proposed to help take pressure off The Canberra Hospital Emergency Department and provide important and much needed health services, especially after hours, for local families29.

It is envisaged that in the longer term the model of GP Super Clinics will be further extended. While it is possible that the model will be sub-regional, it would appear desirable in the longer term that each district catchment is served by a GP Super Clinic, and to this end, one GP Super Clinic is recommended in the longer term in the Woden Valley district. This could also conceivably serve the Molonglo district in the early stages of its development. In the longer term, a further GP Super Clinic could be considered at Molonglo.

Opportunities for Delivery: At the present time there is no GP Super Clinic proposed in the southern part of the ACT. Woden Town Centre would provide a central location for this and also assist in achieving the goal of taking pressure off The Canberra Hospital Emergency Department. A suitable site, possibly related to the hospital, might be identified for this longer term facility.

29 http://www.alp.org.aufiederal-government/news/gp-super-clinic-for-the-act/




Medical Specialist Centre: A facility providing office and clinical space for a group of medical specialists and possibly diagnostic services and ancillary allied health services.

Current Provision: The audit identified two (2) medical specialist centres; the Brindabella Specialist Centre , and the Woden Valley Specialist Centre, both located in Garran. There appear other specialists in various rooms in the area.

Although not falling under the definition of a specialist medical centre, the WAM study area does include a Forensic Medical Centre (a morgue). In accordance with the Infrastructure Plan 2011- 2021, the new Phillip Forensic Medical Centre is due for completion within two years.

The Brindabella Specialist Centre hosts a range of specialists offering expertise in the areas of anaesthesia, general medicine, geriatrics, gastroenterology, geriatrics, radiology and vascular surgery. A pathology collection centre, Capital Pathology, also operates from the centre.

The Woden Specialist Centre includes specialists in anaesthesia, general medicine and otorhinolaryngology.

Benchmarked Needs: Medical Specialist Centres were not able to be benchmarked due to lack of data which allowed identification of the number of individual specialists in the Woden Valley district. While ABS 2011 Census Place of Work data allows determination that there are a total of 272 medical specialists working in Woden statistical area, many of these will work in The Canberra Hospital. Data was also not found which allowed determination of an 'average' number of specialists per medical centre.

Identified Needs: It is apparent that some specialists operate out of hospitals and others from medical specialist centres or individual 'rooms'. Currently there are two medical specialist centres identified that were located in Woden Valley. No medical specialists were identified in Weston Creek statistical area. Given that The Canberra Hospital is a regional facility, patients from around the ACT and beyond would be expected to access specialists here and in surrounding areas, as well as residents from the Woden Valley district or combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district.

It is therefore difficult to determine, using the results of the benchmarking analysis, if the number of medical specialist centres in the Woden Valley district would be adequate for the district population.

Like GP's, the approach can be taken that an additional number of specialists will be required in relative to the incoming population of 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 additional residents. The ACT average in 2010-11 for full time workforce equivalent (FWE) Medical Specialists, was 92 per 100,000 population, which equates to 1:1,087 (ABS 2008, Selected Health Occupations: Australia, 2006).

This would suggest an increase in the requirement for Medical Specialists for the WAM study area of 2 for 2,500 people, 4-5 for 5,000 people or 9 for 10,000 people. Again some of these




Medical Specialist Centre: A facility providing office and clinical space for a group of medical specialists and possibly diagnostic services and ancillary allied health services.

would be located with The Canberra Hospital. However it could be assumed that ongoing development and expansion of the hospital will require additional medical specialists and that many of these will seek private rooms in the area. It is therefore difficult to determine the future need for medical specialist centres in the Woden Valley given the hospital located in the district.

The need for medical specialist centres within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: It is not possible to make a definitive recommendation on the basis of the information available. However on the basis of the numbers of additional specialists likely to be needed, it is suggested that at least one more large specialist centre will be required.

Opportunities for Delivery: A further Medical Specialist Centre on or in the vicinity of the hospital would appear appropriate.




COTtufmtlitYkHe.alth .cOliteof A facility,. PrOyiding a range a t CommUnity,13`aseclihealtirserviC,es,',

including health prOhlOtiOn,- hibternal'and'Ohild health; Mehte) health Orkl-Cdiinseling-S'erviCeS.,

Current Provision: T h e Phillip Health Centre is located in Phillip in the Woden Town Centre.

Benchmarked The

•

Current The

benchmarking

Valley

Future The

projected

Needs: application o f the D S S shows the following:

to

- ,,,.. .,..

istri6

Community Health Centre DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people

- , (Catchments 7 ..

(CUrrerit, . snUiiilier cif ' . 'facilities

. /2-0-122, ■p0.r/ .

' no of' 'fa9'.

'fitcliOted'We'clPepulation-Sderiaries .ghortfallii Surplus -4 °Putierit

:t- 11P....4.0-11P -tiiiiiltis

*- -Add 1609 6, '

, - - Wdd.

: ,2,500 , people

Add. ' Ono ,,

• people

' 'Add. 1 10,O10000'

, PkOPle


1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7


0 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs current provision o f one communi ty health centre is considered appropriate according

to serve the Woden Val ley district, and also the combined population o f Woden

and Wes ton Creek.

Needs current provision o f one communi ty health centre should also be appropriate fo r the

additional population.

Identified Needs: The Phillip Communi ty Health Centre is a communi ty health centre serving the W A M s tudy area and the W o d e n Val ley/Weston Creek districts. T h e services are provided at the facil ity include:

• A C T diabetes service;

e ambulatory nursing clinic;

• Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service (eating disorders);

• communi ty nurses;

• counsell ing services for children, adolescents and adults;

• Dental Clinic and dental services;

• dietician/nutritionist;

• fami ly doctor;

• immunisation;

• information and referrals;




Community Health Centre: A faCility providing a range of community based health ServiCeS, including health PrOniOtion, maternal and Child health; Fmental health and counseling serviceS.

• Maternal and Child Health Clinic (drop in clinics held on a weekly schedule in facilities around Canberra); and

• Physiotherapy.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011— 2021 indicates that the current Health Centre network across the ACT is 'being expanded to meet growing demand with a new centre to be built in Gungahlin, the replacement of the Belconnen Centre with a larger facility, and expanded facilities at Tuggerahong'-. The plan also idehtifieS- that the i'eplaaemeht of the Phillip Health Centre- is planned.

The HD has advised that the Government has commenced a program of redevelopment of health facilities to ensure that health services are able to meet growing demand and to provide services in the most appropriate locations in the future. In the case of community health services in Woden Valley this will mean an expansion of current services as well as the addition of new services, including some such as Renal Dialysis that are currently provided from hospital sites.

Early planning has resulted in a recommendation to ACT Government that the new centre be built in a new location because of the costs and difficulties associated with building the significantly enlarged centre on the current site. Potential sites close to The Canberra Hospital have been recommended as more suitable. A process of developing design options for those sites has commenced. Further planning and design will not progress until community consultation has been undertaken on the recommended design options. The construction of an enhanced Phillip Community Health Centre is not funded for design or construction at this time.

The Queen Elizabeth II Family Centre in Curtin provides residential primary health care and parenting programs for families with young children experiencing difficulties in postnatal and early childhood periods. QEII is the tertiary service of ACT Health's primary health service, the Child Youth & Womens Health Program. Furthermore, the Melrose Primary School site at Chifley, currently part-tenanted by the YMCA and other community groups, is proposed to become a health and well-being hub.




Community Health Centre: A facility providing a range of community based health services, including health promotion, maternal and child health, mental health and counseling services.

Recommended Provision:

Expansion of community health services in Woden Valley may require consideration by the ACT Government of a new location because of the costs and difficulties associated with building the significantly enlarged centre on the current Phillip Community Health Centre site.

There would be no further requirements for an additional Community Health Centre in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase. However it is noted that current forward planning in Molonglo provides for the delivery of community health services as outreach services from existing community health centres at Belconnen and Phillip rather than a major new facility to serve the Molonglo population.

Should the Phillip Health Centre be upgraded to an Enhanced Community Health Centre, this would be expected to serve a much larger population catchment and could suitably include the requirements of Molonglo (see following section).




Enhanced Community Health Centre: In addition to general community health services including health promotion and child and family and antenatal services, these centres provide

more specialised clinical services such as renal dialysis and are a health hub for programs and activities aimed at assisting clients to manage chronic conditions in the community.

Current Provision: There is currently no enhanced community health centre in the southern sub-region of Canberra.

Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS- shows the following:

Sillafegiiiiia

Enhanced Community Health Centre


Catchments Current number offacilities

2011 Projected Need Shortfall/ Surplus - Current

' Shbrtfall/ Surplus -

2031 2016' 2021 2026 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 1.0 -1.9

Current Needs According to the benchmarking analysis, an additional facility could currently be anticipated to be provided in the Canberra region at the present time.

Future Needs By 2031, two (2) additional facilities could be anticipated.

Identified Needs: The Belconnen Enhanced Community Health Centre is the only Enhanced Community Health Centre currently provided in the Canberra region. The facility is under construction and will provide services in physiotherapy, nutrition, child health, sexual health, dental services, community based nursing and allied health services as well as, alcohol and drug counselling, diabetes and mental health services. It will act as a healthcare hub for the northern sub-region of Canberra.

An Enhanced Community Health Centre is proposed within, or adjacent to, the WAM study area to serve the southern sub-region of Canberra. An increased population in the study area focussed in the Woden Town Centre, as well as an increase in the population of Molonglo by approximately 20,000 people by 2031, will further reinforce the need for and location of this facility.

Longer term, it may be appropriate for a third facility to be centrally provided in accordance with the three health districts of Canberra.

An issue with the existing and proposed health centre that was raised through consultation with service providers is poor accessibility. It was considered that along with the library and senior citizens centre, the existing Phillips Community Health Centre is not easily accessible and people currently have to catch cabs due to lack of available parking. Public transport was





Enhanced Community Health Centre: In addition to general community health services including health promotion and child and family and antenatal services, these centres provide, more specialised clinical services such as renal dialysis and are a health hub for programs and activities aimed at assisting clients to manage chronic conditions in the community.

considered to be problematic.

Recommended Provision: Development of an Enhanced Community Health Centre in or adjacent to Woden Town Centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: A site accessible to public transport is highly desirable. Some issues have arisen in relation to the proximity of the current Community Health Centre and the library. A site in the vicinity of the hospital may be preferable if issues relating to accessibility can be resolved.




PUblic Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

Current Provision: Three types of public hospital were identified in the Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017:

Tertiary Hospital: A major teaching and referral health care institution providing a comprehensive range of services such as acute inpatient care in medical, surgical, maternity and paediatric services (including neonatal intensive care), overnight and day services, and outpatient treatmerit. A range-of allied, niedidal, sulgical," preventative, diagnostic and treatment services are also provided in association with day patient and overnight hospital stays.

General Hospital (acute): A general hospital providing a broad range of acute care, including inpatient, outpatient and emergency department services.

General Hospital (non-acute): A general hospital offering a range of goal oriented interventions aimed at assessing and managing often complex conditions to maximise independence and quality of life for people with disabling conditions, including rehabilitation, aged care and mental health services.

Tertiary Hospital The Canberra Hospital is the only tertiary hospital in the Canberra region. It is the largest public hospital in the region and provides emergency department services, general and specialist care to a population of over 500,000 from the ACT and surrounding region. Canberra Hospital is the major trauma referral centre for the region and delivers a comprehensive range of services. These include acute inpatient care in medical, surgical, maternity and paediatric services (including neonatal intensive care and the Canberra Midwifery Program), overnight and day services, and outpatient treatment. Canberra Hospital is a teaching hospital of the University of Canberra and the Australian National University Medial School and is affiliated with a range of other tertiary institutions. The National Capital Private Hospital is collocated with The Canberra Hospital.

The Canberra Hospital is located adjoining the WAM study area to the east on Yannba Drive, Garran.

General Hospital (acute) The audit identified one (1) public acute hospital in the Canberra region:

• Calvary Hospital - a public hospital at Bruce co-located with Calvary Private Hospital. Services provided include an emergency department and a range of inpatient and outpatient services;

The Calvary John James Hospital is the largest acute private hospital in the ACT, located in Deakin. Its services include maternity, rehabilitation, operating theatre, surgery and allied health.




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes ernergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

General Hospital (non-acute) No non-acute public hospitals were identified in the Canberra region. However the University of Canberra Public Hospital is currently under construction on the University's Bruce campus. This non-acute public hospital has been included in the benchmarking analysis below.


, - iztsneirsi Hospital

DSS 1:150,000 — 1 facility per 150,000 people Catchments

. COI-rent

number of - 2011 . , . , - Projected Need

. Shortfall! Surplus

Shortfall! Surplus - 2016 2021 2026 2031 facilities Current 2031.

Canberra + 1hr 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.9 -0.2 -0.9

C'atetiiilen'tS ' ' Current : r

2012'''' ,PfOje'iieii Need '=" -:-siiiirtfitl/ 'Shortfall/ iiiiiiiicai, of

'. faCiiiti 6i ",. -.:. riiiii:f I !i: no of , 66 .. i

-

R6iilulatiOkS4nari6s - s-Oiliii..,; 'Clirrefit :

siiillus -, '. 2 Add. „ 1',- 0000-, , Add

- 2 500 Add. . ,- ' '6 000 ;

- . .

Add. 10 000

, people

. ' people - . - people Pop

Woden Valley and 1 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.5 Weston Creek

Current Needs According to benchnnarking, the current rate of provision in the Canberra region is adequate.

Future Needs After 2031, a further additional hospital may be required according to benchmarks. However any such determination would be required to be made on the much more detailed modeling and analysis undertaken by HD. For the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area, the current provision of 1 hospital is adequate for the additional population.

Identified Needs: The ACT Government currently provides public hospital services at Canberra Hospital and Calvary Hospital. These public hospitals provide a comprehensive range of acute care, including inpatient, outpatient and emergency department services. The key strategic indicator for acute services is to deliver timely access to effective and safe hospital care.

More than 95 percent of ACT residents requiring public hospital services have their needs met by Calvary or Canberra Hospital (ACT Government Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012 — 2017). The majority of patients referred interstate require specialised high cost, low volume services, such as organ transplantations, unable to be sustained by the population of the ACT and region.

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to ensure that "all Canberrans have timely access to acute and primary health care and that health care focuses on early




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes

emergency clinical Care and treatment for the ill or injured.

intervention and prevention and is grounded in the principles of well-being and safe and respectful patient care." The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 also states that all Canberrans should have timely access to primary and acute health care. Some of the key challenges associated with providing tertiary level health care, • as identified by the Canberra Plan 2008, include shortening waiting times, improving satisfaction in health care, Emergency Department

access blocks, reducing overnight hospital bed occupancy rates and extended elective surgery waiting times.

As outlined above, The Canberra Hospital. provides a comprehensive range of acute health services. In addition to these services, The Canberra Hospital includes a new Adult Mental Health Unit (opened in April 2010) and is currently undergoing the opening of stage one of a new women and children's unit. Work for stage two of the women and children's unit is soon to

commence and involves the refurbishment of the existing maternity building.

A Mental Health Assessment Unit within The Canberra Hospital Emergency Department has been operational since 2010. In addition, planning for the new Adolescent and Young Adult Mental Health Inpatient Unit is well underway with tenders out for the design of the 20 bed facility.

The Canberra Hospital ACT Walk-In Centre was also constructed in 2010. This facility enables

nurses and reception staff to provide publicly funded advice and treatment for people with minor injuries/illness.

The Youth Health Our Priority: Ready for the Future document identifies several new developments and expansions of the Canberra Hospital over the period 2008 - 2022, some of which have already been completed.This includes:

• Women and Children's Hospital - colocation at Canberra Hospital (paediatric unit, maternity services, neonatal intensive care unit, gynaecology, fetal medicine and specialised outpatient services) (stage one complete);

• A new mental health precinct (now complete) including:

- a new Adult Mental Health Unit including a secure unit;

- Mental Heath Assessment Unit;

- Adolescent and Young Adult Mental Health Inpatient Unit;

• Administration precinct; education, training and research precinct, including the Skills Development Centre (adjacent to ANU Medical School)

• Integrated Cancer Care Centre (construction commenced)

• Engineering infrastructure, refurbishment of clinical services expansion and decanting;

• Multi-storey car parking precincts (northern and southern) (now complete);

• Medi-hotel and ambulatory care precinct (providing alternative accommodation for patients and families and including a conference centre and child care facilities);

• Education training and research precinct;

• Diagnostic and Interventional Precinct; and

• Acute Inpatient Care Precinct (include emergency, ICU/HDU, CCU, medical imaging,

Page 142 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd,




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient,,inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

operating theatres).

During consultation with the Health Directorate, it was noted that the significant planned expansion of The Canberra Hospital will generate increased needs for child care facilities, aged day care facilities, schools and housing options for workers (both during construction and for health care providers) and their families.

The Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 identifies that Calvary Hospital will maintain its role into the near future as a level 4 acute general hospital offering a small number of level 5 services where appropriate, such as delivering obstetric services. One of the priorities of the Canberra Plan 2008 was to undertake the expansion of the intensive and coronary care units at Calvary Hospital, which has recently been completed. The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies increasing bed capacity at the Calvary Hospital and the investigation of options for a Mental Health Assessment Service within the Emergency Department of Calvary Hospital as some of its key priorities. The Calvary Hospital will also include an ICU/HDY/CCU Facility. An acute day hospital (including 8 adult places and 6 senior places) has also been proposed in an undisclosed location.

The ACT's first general non-acute hospital, the University of Canberra Public Hospital, is currently being constructed and is due for completion in 2017. The hospital is located on the University of Canberra site on the northwest of the Bruce campus.

During consultation and through the literature review, a number of issues and needs associated with the provision of non-acute care were identified. This included providing appropriate care for mental health patients and reducing average stay lengths for acute rehabilitation care. The Access Health Healthcare (2007) document highlighted the need to double treatment spaces in mental health beds and non-acute beds, with the number of admissions to facilities catering for these needs expected to double by 2022.

Mental health care is a key focus for hospitals that provide non-acute services. As indicated by the Mental Health Services Plan 2009 — 2014 (2009) mental health needs of the community need to be met by a comprehensive network of services that are complementary, integrated, provide early and ongoing support, easily accessible and available to individuals within a variety of age groups. The Your Health — Our Priority Stages 1 and 2 document identifies one of its main priorities for 2008-2022 as providing timely access to care, aged care, mental health services and chronic disease management.

Other priorities of the ACT Government are to develop care coordination and service collaboration mechanisms, as well as extending services for all individuals, including crisis assessment services. Extending rehabilitation and ongoing recovery support services is also a key priority.

Recommended Provision: The ACT Government Clinical Services Plan 2012 — 2017, Draft for Consultation prepared by




, Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

the Health Directorate (HD) provides a blueprint for the future provision of health services to the ACT for the next five (5) years, and a Health Infrastructure Program (HIP) which identifies the additional facilities required to respond to increased demand.

Over the life of the plan, health services will be delivered within a framework including:

• Canberra Hospital as the tertiary referral hospital for the ACT and South East NSW;

• Calvary Hospital maintaining its role as a Level 4 acute general hospital offering a number of Level 5 services where appropriate, such as in delivering obstetric services;

• Queen Elizabeth II Family Centre providing a residential program for families with young children experiencing difficulties in the postnatal and early childhood periods;

• A network of Enhanced Community Health Centres, Community Health Centres, Walk-in Centres (initially at the Canberra Hospital and progressively into the community) and

outreach centres (such as Child and Family Centres), from which specific services are delivered;

• Other public health, community and non-Government services.

Most importantly, a new sub-acute hospital is being designed on the north side of Canberra and is planned to be operational in 2017. While the role of the new hospital will be the subject of further planning, hospital services will be delivered within the levels of specialty and acuity agreed for each hospital. Services will be established on the basis of need, projected demand, and sustainability. This means that services will not be duplicated at each hospital where demand, safety and quality of care do not support the need to do so.

The benchmarking analysis suggests that a further general hospital may be required after 2031. Demand projections were undertaken by HD to inform the expected bed numbers for different types of services within the ACT's public hospitals to 2021/22. The projected bed numbers indicated a growth of 557 beds required to that time which will be met under the HIP. Expansion of existing hospitals beyond that time may allow the timing of a fourth hospital to be delayed, depending on expansion capabilities. However it is noted that ACT public sector health services are responsible for providing tertiary referral services to South East NSW, the estimated current and future population of which, together with the ACT population, is higher than the 'Canberra plus one' catchment used in the benchmarking.

It may therefore be that a fourth public hospital should be considered after 2031 to complement the existing framework, possibly a southern or central sub-regional sub-acute hospital in the light of issues relating to the management of non-acute and sub-acute patients — usually elderly with multiple chronic diseases — within the acute hospital sector. However this is based on a broad indicative assessment only and will need to be subject to the detailed modeling of the HD and future scenarios of service development in the ACT.

Opportunities for Delivery: It would appear that there may be a further requirement for an additional hospital to serve the ACT and surrounds within the next 20 years. While consideration could be given to this in the




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

Woden Valley district, the land consuming nature of the use is such that it would most likely be precluded from the WAM study area. It is understood that a site in Bruce, Belconnen has been recently selected for the additional hospital.




Emergency and Justice Facilities

Police Station: A station for the purposes of providing policing services.

Current Provision: The audit identified one police station in the suburb of Phillip in the Woden Valley district.

It is noted that the Woden Town Centre also contains premises for the Phillip Forensic Medical Centre (morgue) and the Woden SES Base. Both are new modern facilities, with the state of the art morgue opened only in 2011.


: District

Police Station

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people i t a i i i i i i i t i . , ... dLiiieie7 : l o i fg 770iOj : W 4 4 0 0 0 : ;;,Stiiiitfill/J ,,' s lib-it-fit ii

, number of faculties :

- :::::•:,,, i

ppp. V ) no of.

-,c ac'

R.071.0.f.i4A4,000 .

SiqIya4.,='- Current l

;:Surplus-':Adcl: : , .,., - , - oOdo.: '

Cle1.1,;: tfl: 2,60-0‘t,.

' ';4-d-i(„ , :.:5,0-0-0:.::

:::'i-Asild. i. '.'::' 10006

,P.97.4!6:: '.1i7.4.:4.1,i ,.

'I.S.'oli!0:: pop




Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 al Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of one police station for both the district of Woden Valley and the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district is appropriate according to benchnnarking.

Future Needs The current provision of one station should also be appropriate for the projected additional population.

Identified Needs: The existing police station in Woden Valley district is situated on Callam Street, Phillip. The Woden police station is a recently constructed building on a large, prominent site in the town centre. It was specifically designed to provide a base for policing services to the district well into the 21st century. It is a state of the art facility which incorporates the many operational, security, surveillance and environmental features consistent with the provision of effective and timely policing services to the Woden community.

During consultation, participants from the Emergency Services Agency (ESA), within the Justice and Community Safety Directorate (JACSD), identified the assessment of emergency services as an emerging need for the WAM study area, Additional needs include the review of strategic locations for police services and access and response times for all emergency service providers. Several existing facilities also require refurbishment.




Police Station: A station for the purposes of providing policing services.

The Emergency Services Agency Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy (2010) identified population growth and an increasingly urban form (not unlike the situation in the study area) as two factors that inherently increase risks and hazards within a community. This relates to both access issues (facilities being closed out by development and unable to easily respond to hazards/situations because of poor access), expansion problems (being unable to expand due to a lack of nearby available land) and natural increases in crime rates and general volatility due to residents living in closer proximity to an increasing number of other people.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies several key objectives, including ensuring that the 'ACT is a fair and safe place to live' and that `Canberrans benefit from living in a community that is safe, inclusive and respectful, where 'all can participate in community life.' The Canberra Plan 2008 further states that 'all Canberrans (should) enjoy the benefits of living in a community that is safe, socially inclusive and respectful of human rights.'

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies several planned infrastructure upgrades to be undertaken within the next 5-10 years. More specifically, police station upgrades throughout the ACT are to occur in the next 5 years, whilst further upgrades and maintenance to these facilities is scheduled for the next 10 years. The plan also identifies strategies to protect and support women and children suffering from violence, a key concern raised within the documentation.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for an additional police station in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase. It is noted that all emergency services are planning to collocate on a site in Molonglo to serve that catchment.




Ambulance Station: A station for the purposes of providing ambulance services.

Current Provision: The audit identified one ambulance station in the suburb of Phillip in the Woden Valley district. It is located on Hindmarsh Drive within the WAM study area. Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

District Ambulance Station

DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people ItFTirtatchriiiiiii7 Cu7rent-20-1-2 ProjeWi4ilecM-').V* siZtfalliv Siiiirtf,__.allq

t 'tc

number of .s, facilities

A.

' .

pop. ," no of ,.;

fac

- 4 Population Scenario's. Suzplus — ''Surplu

Add "C*1-07600

, • —

Ac-,-,-d 2,56-0

, Faa.

' 5,000 ..,Aqiii . ' 10,66o - Current

04

:'-A,175.0 13.9.91ft P9PRIPJ WAM Study Area 1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2 Catchment Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of one ambulance station for both the district of Woden Valley and the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district is appropriate according to benchnnarking.


Identified Needs: The existing ambulance station located in the study area is situated on Hindmarsh Drive. The ESA has identified that there are several sites within the ACT, including the facility in the WAM study area, that require refurbishment.

The ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy. identifies that existing ambulance stations do not take into account future needs of the surrounding community. As with all emergency services, population growth and an increasingly urban form (not unlike the situation in the study area) are identified as two factors that inherently increase risks and hazards within a community. The ageing population of the WAM study area will also result in an increase in health related hazards and risks that have some implication for ambulance services.

The objectives of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy include incorporating flexibility into the design of facilities, whilst the development of design guidelines for best practice results and the colocation of facilities (where appropriate) is also recommended. The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies commencement of a standardised design of future

Page 148 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Ambulance Station: A station for the purposes of providing ambulance services.

Emergency Services Authority Stations as a priority strategy for implementation within the next two years.

Support for the cofocation of facilities and the use of stations for other purposes was supported through consultation with ESA. Consultation outcomes also indicate that if the station were relocated, a location further north near Phillip Oval and possibly along Melrose Drive would be preferred.

A major upgrade of the Woden Ambulance Station is planned for 2015-2017, as part of Phase 4 of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy.

Recommended Provision: An upgrade for Woden Ambulance Station is already planned. This upgrade should take into account the projected intensification in the Woden Town Centre.

There appears to be no further requirement for an additional ambulance station in the WAM study area as a result of the additional residential population increase. Further information will need to be considered by ESA in relation to commercial development when known.

Opportunities for Delivery: During consultation, the ESA noted that the existing fire and ambulance stations located in the WAM study area may be relocated to another location in the study area as a co-located facility (i.e. an Emergency Services Facility co-locating more than one police or emergency service). The preferred location at the time of writing was a location further north near Phillip Oval and possibly along Melrose Drive, however, other options are being considered.

In any relocation it will be necessary to take into account access issues (facilities being closed out by development and unable to easily respond to hazards/situations because of poor access) and expansion problems (being unable to expand due to a lack of nearby available land). Consideration could be made of an accessible site within, or adjoining the WAM study area should an appropriate site be identified in the planning process.





' Fire and Rescue Station: A station for the purposes of providing fire and rescue services.

Current Provision: The audit identified one fire and rescue station in the suburb of Phillip in the Woden Valley district.


4...''' Digtrict ,

- :... • .

F i re a n d R e s c u e Station


-"'bitiii-raFfit '.7..euTro7C' 7.-'2012>n 1%..1076Iggiii•liVeadA f§iiciietfii0 Shall;

' n u m b e r of : pop. /0-, - P o p u l a t i o n Scenarios!, S u r p l u s — Surplus

-; kr:—....7----0.-4 „..fac4lifies, .i

, • : i:. ,.

-„,........7-4,.. , - no of....: ,

fac c tt rrC,nt

.

474da.

10 000.'"""'

ypo -

4 ■d d IT 2 , 5 0 0 A,11.

people

77-Ailt17; t 5,09.0.i.s

--'AcTd .i,,10,004.)„,;,.. ..i?e'.c.iiii




Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of one fire and rescue station for both the district of Woden Valley and the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district is appropriate according to benchmarking.


Identified Needs: The Woden Fire Station is located on Hindmarsh Drive and the State Emergency Services (SES) base is situated on Parramatta Street in Phillip. The WAM study area is also home to the Woden Community Service - Bushfire response program. This is a rural pilot program for those affected by the bushfires of 2003, which provides social support for individuals still being affected by the disaster.

During consultation, the ESA identified the exploration of emerging services as an emerging need for the WAM study area. Additional needs include the review of strategic locations for fire services and access and response times for all emergency service providers. The inclusion of education and training facilities at the Woden Fire Station was also raised. The intention is that these should be available to the public.

Like police and ambulance, the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy identifies that existing ambulance stations do not take into account future needs of the surrounding community. Population growth and an increasingly urban form (not unlike the situation in the




Fire and Rescue Station: A station for the purposes of providing fire and rescue services.

study area) are two factors that inherently increase risks and hazards within a community. Climate change is also resulting in a less stable environment that is more prone to natural hazards.

The objectives of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy include incorporating flexibility into the design of facilities, whilst the development of design guidelines for best practice results and the colocation of facilities (where appropriate) is also recommended. The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies commencement of a standardised design of future Emergency Services Authority Stations as a priority strategy for implementation within the next two years.

A major upgrade of the Phillip Fire Station and a minor upgrade of the Woden SES base are planned for 2015-2017, as part of Phase 4 of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy.

Consultation outcomes also indicate that if the station were relocated, a location further north near Phillip Oval and possibly along Melrose Drive would be more appropriate than the existing site. However other options are being considered.

Recommended Provision: An upgrade for Woden Fire and Rescue Station is already planned. This upgrade should take into account the projected intensified population in Woden Town Centre, and also the potential increase in workforce and commercial development.

There appears to be no further requirement for an additional fire and rescue station in the WAM study area as a result of the additional residential population increase. Further information will need to be considered by emergency services in relation to commercial development when known.

Opportunities for Delivery: During consultation, the ESA noted that the existing fire and ambulance stations located in the WAM study area may be relocated to another location in the study area as a co-located facility i.e. an Emergency Services Facility co-locating more than one police or emergency service.

In any relocation it will be necessary to take into account access issues (facilities being closed out by development and unable to easily respond to hazards/situations because of poor access) and expansion problems (being unable to expand due to a lack of nearby available land). Consideration could be made of an accessible site within or adjoining the WAM study area should an appropriate site be identified in the planning process.




Youth Justice Centre: A custodial facility for young offenders in some cases up to the age of 21.

Current Provision: There is one youth justice centre in the Canberra region. This is the Bimberi Youth Justice Centre located in the suburb of Mitchell in the north of the region. The facility provides detention facilities for up to 40 young people aged from 10-18 years (and can accommodate young people up to 21 years).

Identified Needs The application of the DSS shows the following:

rt4171Wit Youth Justice Centre


Ck6iiiiiiiiii: ' '

,„...4_ . Current'' iiiiitie;f r,fi:Cilitiess, ,

,L , . ,05:A#6-d.rNisiir .. ,.;$6'.aiito-/: 'Surplus - kozirirrai Isii&i.tiv:

6 Sriiilis -A, ,,..._ ..... 4kiv. r26-16:7! 1 '2021g Ir2031:

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 11 1.2 o -0.2

Ceil'hiiigiti' •'.0iiiii-Q, .iriirniallgi 6-'n i I ities , , „

•A ,

20122.4.: ,Iiii0/3„,, r'' no o f ,-,'

, 1,,,,

' .1:?Fejeaellygdvyf iShirrifin/ 'Surplus'— VOT-iiiiiq Surplus --I Ad 10,000

pop 77--- - •Add. 2,500 tipeople,s•

--- Add 5 000 people

f Add. 10 000 people Current


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Current Needs The current provision of one youth justice centre for the Canberra region is considered to be appropriate for the population based on benchmarking.

Future Needs No additional youth justice centres are required to 2031 according to the benchmarking analysis.

Identified Needs: The need for an additional youth justice centre was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for an additional youth justice centre in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase, and the land consuming nature of the activity. It is considered that other locational criteria would preclude its location in this area.

Page 152

Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group. ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Correctional Centre: A complex containing a Periodic Detention Centre (prison) for persons who are sentenced to full-time imprisonment and remand, and other correctional functions.

Current Provision: One (1) correctional facility was identified in the Canberra region. The Alexander Maconachie Centre has a capacity of 300 people and includes a medical centre, crisis support unit and transitional release centre.

The Symonston Correctional Centre is included in the audit but not considered to be a correctional centre for the purposes of benchnnarking, given that it provides periodic detention and is a centre for community service work.

Benchmarked The

Current The appropriate

Future No


_ iwittiwil Correctional Centre

DSS 1:500,000 – 1 facility per 500,000 people Catchments -

' Current nu Mbe i of

, , , facilities

2011 , Projected Need Shortfall/ Surplus - Current

,

Shortfall/ Surplus - - 2031 2016 2021 ' 2026 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.0 -0.2

Catchments . , ,

Current number of facilities

2012 ,

, pop : / no of ; 6 , .

. -

Projected Need - Populationi Scenarios Shortfall/ Surplus – Current

‘

Shortfall/ SUiplUg'–

_ Add 10000 , — ' pop

Add . . , 2500

people , .. Add

5,000 people

- Add . 10 ,000 , people


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Needs current provision of one correctional facility for the Canberra region is considered

based on the benchmarking analysis.

Needs additional correctional centres are required to 2031 according to the benchmarking analysis.

Identified Needs: The Alexander Maconochie Centre (AMC) is a relatively new facility that was opened in 2008. Remand and sentenced prisoners from low to high security classifications are accommodated. The AMC is an open campus style design with accommodation units around a central facilities area (or a Town Square). Included within the AMC are a health building, an education and programs building, an admissions building and a visits centre.

Approximately 50% of the accommodation is in 5 bedroom cottages. There are no female cells. The self-contained cottages are for lower security detainees. They are designed to enable detainees to develop and practice living skills.




Correctional Centre: A complex containing a Periodic Detention Centre (prison) for persons who are sentenced to full-time imprisonment and remand, and other correctional functions.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies that the Alexander Maconochie Centre will be subject to a review of future accommodation requirements within the next two years. A needs assessment of additional facilities at the centre will also be undertaken within five years.

Recommended Provision: There would be no further requirement for any additional correctional facilities in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase, and the land consuming nature of the activity. It is considered that other locational criteria would preclude its location in this area.




Courthouse: A facility for ACT. Government Courts, encompassing a Magistrates Court (which :includes the ACT Coroners Court), the ACT Children's Court, and the ACT Supreme Court.

Current Provision: The audit identified two ACT Government courts in the Canberra region, being the:

• ACT Magistrates Court - includes the ACT Coroners Court and the ACT Children's Court; and

• ACT Supreme Court.

These are collocated on a site at 4-6 Knowles Place, Civic. The complex has been benchmarked as one facility.


- - - - -- c 10 - _ Courthouse


' Catchments . Current— niniiii-Wiii facilities ' ,

2011 Projected Need V

-Shortfall/ ,Surplus -, kdiferzii!j,

Shortfall/ :Surplus 7 A-A?-2014,-:, 2010. 2021 2026 , 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.0 -0.2

Catchments Current riiiiiibei of faCilities,.

- 2012. ' 040.: /

7Pir6jede_iff•fee'd 27

, Population cenirios

StiVilfallr ' §U'riiiiig' , : CiiiiYiit 4.;

'Slitii-tfill/ Srliiiiiii', &Add::;

. 10;-006:-• I no of '

tt,;-'Add - ,:-,e; .7 - '2,50

,. 46°ii.0

;., t,,,

Add: .,6;13-00 ' .4kel'aii!6 .i

r , ,I.. • .:',,10,00(Y • 'POO!


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Current Needs The current provision of one court complex is considered appropriate according to benchmarks.

Future Needs No additional courthouses are required to 2031 according to the benchmarking analysis.

Identified Needs: The need for additional court houses was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for any additional court facilities in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase.




Targeted Facilities — Children

Long Day (Child Care) Centre: A licensed child care service providing long day care for at least 48 weeks of the year, usually from babies to school age infants.

Current Provision: The audit identified twelve (12) long day child care centres in the Woden Valley district:

• Teddy Bears Child Care Centre (Curtin) - 88 licences places; • Peter Pan Early Learning (Curtin) — 80 licences places;

• Holy Trinity Early Learning Centre (Curtin) — 60 licences places;

• Goodstart Learning Centre (Garran) - 68 licences places;

• Woden Valley Child Care Centre (Garren) - 94 licences places;

• Goodstart Learning Centre (Isaacs) - 84 licences places;

• Lyons Children's Centre (Lyons) - 60 licences places;

• Jenny Wren Child Care Centre (Mawson) - 90 licences places;

• Chinese-Australian Early Childhood Centre (Mawson) -46 licences places;

• Lollipop Children's Centre (Phillip) - 60 licences places;

• Precious Momentz Childhood Learning and Development Centre (Phillip) - 80 licences places;

• Woden Early Childhood Centre (Phillip) — 61 licences places.

Benchmarked The

Current The relatively benchmarks appears

Future It the to


to

if

Sub district '

Long Day (Child Care) Centre

DSS 1:4,000 — 1 facility per 4,000 people :Catchments

‘:

tipliFienTi, number o f ' facilitiee.

, : i i - i i i 41 :, Pop..7i! •,'' ho of,-,4-

•

r ' :OFOreCteki:Eed ' topulairoli.S.clerfatiOS.;4,

,i;;SliOittifit'l SU:43MT'

.

t

u !rent •

Is l i a i i i i IP Surpluf.

tipiAdclit,

I.p,o0p0 0 , ,, Add.

443,50op0z,,,,,

Vel

r ;yid:, Ae,ibi'.

r'Aazi..M.

i,-.me .

people


5 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.8 3.7 1.2


3 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 -0.5 -0.5


Needs current provision of long day child care centres in the Woden Valley district appears

high according to benchmarks. This is due to an apparent overprovision relative in the town centre. The level of provision in the Mawson Group Centre catchment

relatively appropriate.

Needs also appears on the basis of benchmarking that the provision of facilities will be appropriate

population of the Woden Valley district increases by up to 10,000 people. This also applies the other two catchment levels.





Identified Needs: The ACTPLA Research Paper, Childcare Centres in the ACT — 2009 identifies trends in child care provision, including how many children attend centres, where centres are located and the future demand for these centres. It found that there has been a steady increase in the number of licensed long day care centres and licensed places in the ACT from 1998-2009.

ESDD's Factsheet 5 Childcare Centres in the ACT— Long Day Care Profile also noted that this increase continued through to 2011. Data provided in the reports shows that the average size of centres has increased over that time, from just on 50 in 1998 to over 60 in 2011 (based on average number of places per centre). At the time the fact sheet was published (2011), there were 123 centres with 7,400 places across the ACT (Factsheet 5, 2011). It is also notable that the ACT is distinct in having 66 per cent of children in community-based centres compared with a national average of 32 per cent. In addition, child care providers in the ACT charge the highest average prices for their services across Australian jurisdictions.

Childcare Centres in the ACT— 2009 notes that demand for child care depends on a number of factors: birth rates and migration patterns; social norms around the raising of children; labour force participation rates and patterns of employment (particularly among women); unemployment rates; and the monetary cost of child care. In predicting the future child care needs of Canberra it considers:

• continuing growth in the Territory's 0-4 population through to 2032 (and beyond);

• the increase in female labour force participation, especially among women with children aged 0-4; and

• population and labour force characteristics which promote a high use of child care in the ACT compared with other states and territories (noting ACT has the highest percentage of children aged 0-12 using some form of child care).

The report consequently concludes that there is likely to be increased demand for child care as the Territory's 0-4 population grows, and increasing numbers of women participate in the labour force over the long term. Other factors not directly considered here, such as changing social norms, levels of Commonwealth child care benefits, patterns of economic development, and family composition, are also considered likely to stimulate demand growth.

The benchmarking for the study area and Woden Valley district as a whole shows that demand for child care centres should be adequate for existing and projected population growth. Childcare Centres in the ACT — 2009 confirms that Woden has a high level of provision. However consultation has reflected different results. Community based service providers and Government Directorates have highlighted that there is already pressure on existing child care centres in the area to cope with demand and through future development and intensification of the area, this pressure will only increase.

Another important factor to consider which is not reflected by benchmarking is the demand for child care in or near the Woden Town Centre from residents outside the study area. Consultation has shown that parents are inclined to take their children to child care centres, on their way to or, close to their workplace. Therefore demand can come from outside the study





area. An example of this is the demand for childcare for workers at The Canberra Hospital. Likewise Childcare Centres in the ACT— 2009 considers the current high level of provision to be associated with employment in Phillip. It also considers that future provision is likely to be workplace-based, or in association with the Early Childhood School (Lyons).

The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2 — Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden in 2004 identified that one of the major gaps in services and facility provision within the study area concerned child care facilities and placements. Meeting the needs of a younger population, at the same time as meeting the needs of the existing ageing population, was also raised as key consideration for future planning. The Canberra Plan 2008 also identifies one of the key challenges as increasing and improving child care services. It also prioritises the integration of early childhood services.

During consultation sessions, both the Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD) Property Group and the Community Services Directorate (CSD) highlighted a strong demand for facilities for community services, particularly child care centres, in Woden. It is largely assumed this is because Woden is geographically the centre of Canberra. It was also noted that the development of Molonglo will place additional pressure on child care centres and youth facilities in Woden, as they are geographically more accessible than areas to the north of Molonglo that may also provide these services.

The ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014 identifies the development of services, programs and environments that support children's optimal development and enhance the capacity of parental, family and community bodies as one of its key objectives. At a city wide scale, it is also the intent of the Canberra Plan 2008 to increase and improve early child care services.

With regard to planned infrastructure and facilities, the Infrastructure Plan 2011 - 2021 identifies that a new CC Cares Program for young mothers will be established at the facility at Canberra College (Weston Campus) over the next five years. Furthermore, the existing Lollipop Children's Centre located in Woden Town Centre will be redeveloped as part of the large scale redevelopment of the Woden Community Centre to become a Regional Community Centre.

As at 7 November 2012, there were no vacancies registered on the Care for Kids website (careforkids.com.au) for the eleven (11) child care centres listed for the Woden Valley district, indicating a tight child care market

Recommended Provision: As at 7 November 2012, there were no vacancies registered on the Care for Kids website (careforkids.com.au) for the eleven (11) child care centres listed for the Woden Valley district. In addition, consultation with the Holy Trinity Early Learning Centre also indicated that centre is operating at capacity and rarely has any vacancies.

In 2011 the ratio of child care places across the ACT was 1 place for every 3.2 children aged 0- 4 years (based on 24,150 children aged 0-4 years and 7,400 child care places). Applying the same ratio to the Woden Valley, the following number of child care places would be expected over the next 10 years based on a high development demand scenario:





• An additional 5,000 people by 2016: the projected 1,946 children aged 0-4 years would require a minimum of 608 places.

• An additional 10,000 people by 2021: the projected 3,094 children aged 0-4 years would require a minimum of 967 places.

Based on the current supply of child care places (871 places) it would appear that an additional 96 places would be required under the high development demand scenario by 2021, which could be accommodated within two (2) small or one (1) large child care centre.

These results differ from the reported existing shortfall in child care places, indicating that the workforce in the Woden Valley is placing significant strain on local child care services. Approximately 78% of the current workforce employed within the Woden Valley live in other districts and therefore are not captured under the benchmarking results. The projected increase in the workforce is also likely to place additional demand on these types of facilities.

As The Canberra Hospital has one of the main worker populations in the area, it is recommended that a work based child care centre should be investigated as one of the required centres which particularly suits the needs and hours of shift workers.

Opportunities for Delivery: The Lollipop Children's Centre is intended to be redeveloped as part of a Regional Community Centre in Woden. However the location of the new facility has not yet been determined. Should this facility be removed from the Woden Town Centre, it would appear that increased strain will be placed on existing child care facilities, and on workers in and around the town centre. It is consequently recommended that this centre is replaced in Woden Town Centre, possibly with an increased number of places.

However, innovative solutions are sought for the provision of these centres. The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2 undertaken in 2004 for the areas of Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong highlights the potential for surplus schools to continue to be used for community facilities, including child care centres. The colocation of compatible facilities is also encouraged in this report.

The Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate also drew attention during consultation to the importance of providing child care centres in necessary locations in creative ways (where required). For example, providing child care centres on the ground floor level of buildings located in centres is difficult. An innovative solution would be to place these facilities on the third, fourth or even roof levels of commercial buildings, to be used by workers also housed in the same building.

A work based centre at The Canberra Hospital would be best located on the hospital site for ease of access to children.

The Canberra Institute of Technology already houses a child care centre, however, there is the potential for these services to be expanded.





No other specific opportunities have currently been identified.





Child and Family Centre: A centre containing publically funded programs for prevention and early intervention (including support for parents and carers, maternal and child health nurses, playgroups, therapy, physiotherapy, childhood immunisations, parenting information, counselling,- nutrition).

Current Provision: There were no child and family centre facilities identified in the Woden Valley district, nor in the Weston Creek district.

Benchmarked The

Current The Woden need

Future If would Weston


Dak..04, Child and Family Centre

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people 'Catchments Current

number 'Of

, facilities :,

'

2012 pop, / no of 'fac.

Projected Need L '

Population Scenarios - -

' Shortfall! SiiiiiliiS-= Current

Shortfall/ SUiPlUS'

, - Add.'

P60.4''''' Add 4500

, people . _

Add

, 5,000 , people . . .

i Add 10,000 people

. WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7 Woden Valley and Weston Creek

o 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 -1.0 -1.1

Needs benchmarking suggests there is not a current need for a child and family centre in the

Valley district. If the population of the Weston Creek district is taken into account, a for one (1) facility is benchnnarked as required.

Needs the population of the Woden Valley district increased by 10,000 people, no additional facilities

benchmark as required in the Woden Valley district or the combined Woden Valley and Creek districts beyond that identified above.

Identified Needs: Child and Family Centres are a relatively new 'one-stop-shop' model of service delivery developed by CSD to provide a range of services to children and families, with a focus on early intervention and prevention in the early years of life. The centres offer maternal and child health services, therapy services, counselling, family support, groups and community development programs. Three such centres have currently been developed in Canberra — in Gungahlin, Tuggeranong and West Belconnen.3°

The consultation and literature supports the findings of the benchmarking. Both the Canberra

30 (http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/ocyfs/childandfamilycentres/current_news).




Child and Family Centre: A centre containing publically funded programs for prevention and early intervention (including support for parents and carers, maternal and child health nurses, playgroups, therapy, physiotherapy, childhood immunisations, parenting information,

_ counselling, nutrition).

Plan and the ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014 seek to improve the health services available to children and families. Other literature such as the ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014 and the Canberra Social Plan 2011 also highlights the government's intent for investment in early childhood infrastructure.

In addition, the Children's Health Plan identifies a need for partnerships between Child, Youth and Women's Health Programs and the Child and Family Centres for the provision of maternal and child health services within the centres.

The possible future need for a Child and Family Centre in Woden Valley was identified through consultation with directorates.

Recommended Provision: The outcomes of the benchmarking and literature review suggest a Child and Family Centre is currently required in the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. This facility would meet the needs of the population as it grows by an additional 10,000 people in the WAM study

area. This facility could also serve the early stages of development of Molonglo.

At the present time it is noted that a Child and Family Centre is proposed in the Molonglo Stage 2 Group Centre. It is likely that a much higher proportion of young children will occur in Molonglo than in Woden Valley/Weston Creek, at approximately 15% of the population at a 5,000 population threshold, decreasing to 8% at a 20,000 population threshold for Molonglo, compared with a fairly steady 6% in Woden Valley/Weston Creek. At 2021 this equates to approximately 1,600 children aged 0-4 in Molonglo compared to over 4,000 in Woden Valley/Weston Creek, assuming the population threshold scenario of an additional 10,000 population in Woden Town Centre is reached by 2021. However, by full development (55,000 people) in Molonglo, there would be a similar number of children aged 0-4 to currently as in Woden Valley/Weston Creek.

Further consideration needs to be given to the most appropriate location for a Child and Family Centre to potentially serve all three areas (Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Molonglo) in the shorter term.






Targeted Facilities - Y o u n g People

YOuth Centrei'A dedicated facility or drOp in Centre offering a range of services and programs for young people.

Current Provision: Woden District Youth Centre is the only youth centre located in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts and is managed by the Woden Community Service. The youth centre is located on Callam Street, Phillip..

The centre offers programs for people aged 12-25 years including:

• Information and referral services; • Youth engagement; • Child and youth case management; • Outreach; • Big Bent (event); • Coaching for volunteers; • Free meals on Friday evenings; and • Loan clothing for interviews.

The facilities and equipment available at the centre include:

• A kitchen with a commercial oven and cool room; • A band room with the capacity to accommodate 230 people; • A jamming room with instruments; • Showering facilities; and • Recreational facilities,

Benchmarked The


Youth Centre DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people

Catchments .

,

,Current snaintie-i'of . fa.cilities'

. „2012

' Of): i - no of f .'PF..'

'FiRifeCied Need - , .- PepdlatinISCeriarios ' Shortfall!

''S`tieltii===' -: Current .,

:,;Sh'iiittallP, ''.'S:tiVpiti"i'.'

z,Add.,1,‘ 10,00,0 , pop ,

Add.. 2500 .POOPIO

.

Adir.:-`,' .5,000,,--, pedjile,,,

'' Add. 10,000

.. people WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 Woden Valley and Weston Creek

1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1




Youth Centre: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of services and programs for young people.

Current Needs The current provision of one youth centre appears appropriate for the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district population.

Future Needs The current provision is considered likely to remain appropriate based on benchmarks when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people in the WAM study area is taken into account.

Identified Needs: Existing needs and issues identified by the ACT Young People's Plan 2009-2014, which may be of relevance to the provision of youth centres in the Woden Valley include:

• Mental health issues;

• Risk behavior;

• Specific groups prone to vulnerability that need focused support (disabled, diverse sexual orientation, etc.);

• Limited awareness of services and facilities and how to access them;

• Provision of opportunities to participate in training, education and employment; and

• A desire for a sense of belonging, feeling safer in the community and knowing about local culture.

The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2— Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden (2004) for the Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong areas identifies meeting the needs of a dual population (with a high percentage of both young and elderly people) as one of the key emerging issues within the study area. The report also identified that the existing youth centre in Woden Town Centre was not sufficient to accommodate the needs of different groups of young people.

Community service providers within the study area identified that being able to meet the current and emerging needs of youth through low cost activities was one of their major concerns.

Since March 2012 the Woden Youth Centre has reduced its hours of operation of its drop-in

space as a result of the new Child, Youth and Family Services Framework for the South / Weston Network. The four programs included in the framework for locally based services are Group Programs, Network Coordination, Case Management and most significantly, Youth Engagement Services. The framework provides the context for the youth and family support services funded through the CSD's Office of Children, Youth and Family Services (OCYFS). Consultation with the facility manager for the purpose of this study indicated that the drop-in space is now open 2 days / nights per week and it is generally accessed by 10-15 young people each afternoon. This is a reduction from the 30-40 young people who used to access the centre when it was open 5 days / nights per week prior to March 2012.

Note: The centre still provides a range of social and recreational centre and community based activities from 12-5:30pm, Monday to Friday, during school holiday periods. The community supported respite (CSR) area of the youth services program also provides centre based and





community focused support services during the week, from 9am-4pm.

The conceptual model for the framework is the Public Health Model. The Public Health Model is characterised by three levels — primary, secondary and tertiary — that together represent the full range of supports and services that work towards the shared outcome of protecting children and young people and supporting them to achieve their potential.

Participation in the framework has brought significant changes to the youth services sector across the Weston and South Canberra region.

The Woden Youth Centre services young people from Yass and Belconnen, however, it was indicated through consultation that it was more about the connection to the space than the service catchment (hence young people may travel further than the district to access a space they feel connected to). The focus of the facility is now on youth bands and in particular, heavy metal bands.

Hence while the number of facilities provided in Woden Town Centre may be appropriate based on population growth estimates, it would appear that the services available may not be meeting the needs of young people within the study area.

The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2— Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden (2004) similarly considered that targeted youth facilities, other than a youth centre, may be necessary to support the positive growth and development of youth within the study area. Such facilities may provide particular services or programs that are relevant to specific groups within the youth community. One on one consultation with government directorates identified that youth support in the form of outreach, rather than centres, would be more beneficial to support youth development.

The objectives of the Young People's Plan are to:

• Guide policy development and service delivery for young people in the ACT by government and non-government agencies;

• Encourage young people to contribute and participate in family, community and social life;

• Provide young people with equitable access to information and services;

• Proactively support vulnerable young people;

• Ensure that policies and services for young people are evidence based, regularly evaluated and responsive to emerging needs and trends;

• Increased community participation rates;

• Assist participation in education, training and employment;

• Assist with life transitions (access to support and information);

• Improved rates of early identification of vulnerable young people; and

• Increase information available to youth about rights.

These objectives highlight the need for youth to be actively engaged, so as to provide effective outreach services and identify vulnerable youth within the study area. Targeted youth programs





and recreational facilities for youth within the community also provide opportunities for delivery.

At present, there are no broad strategies or planning infrastructure targeted at the youth population of the study area. Recommended Provision: Based on the results of the benchmarking, literature review and consultation outcomes it would appear that one youth centre is adequate to meet the current needs of the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. This is also considered appropriate to meet the needs of the future population (if it increases by an additional 10,000 people) and to fulfil some early needs from Molonglo. It is however noted that a youth centre is planned in Molonglo, possibly co-located

with outdoor recreational space.

Although assessment of youth services is not included in the scope of this study, it would appear based on the reduction in the number of young people accessing the centre that the opening hours of the centre may need to be reviewed, and potentially, the services that can be provided.

In addition, it was noted during the consultant team's visit that access between the Woden Youth Centre and the Woden Town Centre needs to be improved to provide better linkages to the town centre, better quality surfaces to footpaths and pavements and improved safety for young people crossing Callam Street, Phillip.

Opportunities for Delivery: Further consultation with young people during the Woden Town Centre Master Plan process could identify the best way to meet the needs of young people in Woden. Consideration should be given to the relationship of the existing Woden Youth Centre to any redevelopment of the Callam Offices.




Targeted Facilities — Aged People and People with a Disability

Retirement Village: Premises where older or retired people live, or will live, in independent living units or serviced units, under a retirement village scheme.

Current Provision: As at the 24 October 2012, the audit identified the following retirement villages along with the number of units (including independent living units and serviced units) and residents for each (obtained through phone calls to each retirement village):

• Goodwin Retirement Village, Ferrer: 137 units and 119 residents;

• Mandir Ashram Retirement Village (under construction): 78 units and 0 residents;

• Southern Cross Ozanam Village, Garran: 104 units and 109 residents;

• St Andrew's village (self-care Villas): 176 units and 162 residents; and

• RFBI Canberra Masonic Home, Pearce: 137 units and 130 residents.

Mandir Ashram will be purpose built specifically for independent living, with this being the only unit option available. This village is presently being built and as such is unoccupied presently. The other 4 facilities include a mix of independent living units and serviced units.

The Southern Cross Ozanam village has more people living in independent living units than the number of units available (39 people living in 34 units), The other 4 villages have equal or less, which suggests their independent living units are all occupied by (and possibly purpose built for) one person. This may be relate to the age and nature of these units, which were often typically designed for sole use.

Benchmarked Needs: Retirement villages are classified by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) as private dwellings and separate information on the number of persons living in these is not available to determine benchmarks. Therefore, there is very little data to accurately compare the average utilisation of these types of aged specific dwelling stock including retirement village accommodation and residential parks, and thereby the housing choices that older people have made.

The Productivity Commission, in their report — Caring for Older Australians (2011) recognises that retirement villages (referring to independent and assisted living units) are playing an increasingly important role in accommodating older Australians. A housing survey undertaken by Grant Thornton Australia for the Retirement Village Association (RVA) in 2011 found that there are approximately 1,850 retirement villages in Australia, accommodating around 138,000 people. It noted that penetration rates for retirement villages as an accommodation solution for seniors are still quite low, with just over 5% (5.3%) of Australians over the age of 65 occupying villages, although this has been increasing. It found that in other developed countries, like the US, over 10% of the population aged over 65 live in retirement villages. Many industry leaders subsequently believe that there is an opportunity for 'exponential growth' in the sector in Australia beyond natural demographic shifts.

For the purpose of this study benchmarks of 6% and 8% of the population aged 65 years and





over have been adopted to reflect the options of a steady increasing growth trend and a higher growth trend over the next ten (10) years. Clearly the trend line that occurs will depend on adequate numbers of retirement villages units being provided in the marketplace, and also possibly the availability of new dwelling types which will be attractive to older people.

The table below shows projections of the total number of people in the Woden Valley within this

age group; the current number of residents in the Woden Valley in retirement villages; and the benchmarking results when the 6% and 8% benchmarks are applied for the years 2016 and 2021.

Woden Valley District — Benchmarking of Retirement Village Accommodation Year Population

Aged 65+ Years

cnTTfl R L . eto-o' l ia verageRatio

S- 17:-.-- Surplus number Of

residents gigus:A isms gun,

Current -2011

(ABS census data)

5,887 520 353 470 167 50

Projected - 2016

(Consultant projections under high development demand scenario)

6,321 520 379 505 141 15

Projected - 2021

Consultant projections under high development demand scenario)

6,908 520 414 552 106 -32

Current Needs The benchnnarking results indicate that the current provision of independent living units and serviced units in the Woden Valley district provides for significantly more than 5.3% of the population aged 65 and over in the district.

Future Needs The benchmarking results show that this current provision would continue to be appropriate for the growing population when it reaches an additional 10,000 people if a benchmark of 6% of is applied. It would no longer be adequate should 8% of the population aged 65 and over, under high development demand scenario, chose to live in retirement village accommodation.

Identified Needs: The type of retirement village accommodation that is considered in this study includes:

• Independent Living Units (ILUs) (or 'self-care), often traditionally in the form of villas; and

• Assisted (or supported) living units, usually in apartments. Units that are described as "assisted living units" or "serviced apartments" provide the highest level of independent

care.

The critical difference between Retirement Village accommodation and Residential Aged Care

Page 168 Bucldey Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.




accommodation is that places in 'Residential Aged Care' accommodation are funded and licensed by the Australian Government under the Aged Care Act 1997, and entry to residential aged care is subject to an ACAT assessment which evaluates how well an individual is coping with daily living activities and their own care, and determines which services they may be eligible for. Entry into a retirement village is by personal choice, and therefore the attractiveness of the accommodation is a factor in determining demand.

The Canberra Plan 2008 recognises that the population of Canberra is ageing faster than any other jurisdiction in Australia. In response to this trend, the ACT Government is looking at the impact of the ageing population on the economy and in all areas of service delivery, including health services, aged care and accommodation. The ACT Government is also examining factors such as wider employment opportunities for older people, more flexible work practices and the potential availability of a wider pool of volunteers able to participate in all areas of the community and economy.

In addition, the Canberra Plan 2008 supports an ongoing strategy of supplying land for aged care accommodation in continuing to provide for the ageing community (building on the work already done under the Building Our Ageing Community Strategy 2003). Through this process a wider range of building sites is being identified to encourage a variety of aged accommodation, including independent living and ageing in place.

Furthermore, the plan provides support for the modification of properties to allow public housing tenants to remain in place as they age, and partnering with the private sector in joint venture redevelopments that include supported aged care accommodation. The strategy outlined under The Canberra Plan is reflected in the priorities of the ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011- 2021. In addition, it supports a broader range of accommodation types and price points for elderly residents in response to growing demand and an ageing population.

A strategy of the ACT Affordable Housing Action Plan 2007 is to identify development sites for a mix of housing developments including the provision of affordable aged housing. Building on the Phase 1 report, the ACT Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase 2 identifies the following strategies to respond to the growing need for housing for the elderly:

• Increase public and community housing properties appropriate for ageing tenants (assist public housing and low income renters);

• Flexible market response to demand for affordable aged accommodation to assist middle income older residents (in particular renters);

• Greater diversity and choice of affordable housing in existing suburbs and greenfield locations; and

• Universal design that is flexible and responsive to changing needs (ageing in place) becomes mainstream.

Through consultation activities for the purpose of this study, representatives from Government





Directorates and service providers identified that housing for the elderly needs to be affordable and accessible. One participant indicated that the price of ILUs is expensive in the ACT (reportedly close to the average price of development in the surrounding area). Accordingly, it was noted that there is a need for affordable aged accommodation in locations where people can walk in safety. Consultation participants thought that high density living is not appropriate for the aged, however, smaller dwellings in the town centre would be appropriate for older people looking to downsize.

Whilst there is the need to house a growing ageing population, there is also a need to improve the elderly's access to services and facilities, particularly within centres where the greatest range of services and facilities are located.

Recommended Provision: The literature and demographic trends indicate that the ageing of the ACT population will present significant challenges for the ACT Government and the broader community into the future. The benchmarking results suggest that the current provision of retirement village accommodation in the Woden Valley district is sufficient to meet the needs of the current population and this will continue to be the case as the population grows by an additional 10,000 people if the same rate of utilisation of retirement villages occurs. However it is very likely that the trends toward demand for increased retirement village accommodation will increase along with national averages. Whether this demand can be met will depend on the ability of the market to introduce new forms and models of retirement living.

In respect of housing for older people more generally, further research may be required to identify appropriate models of accommodation for older people in the ACT (i.e. in the private housing market) within a high density urban environment in response to the reported demand from older residents wanting to down size and move into the town centre. Similar research is undertaken in other places (e.g. South East Queensland) with interesting results. A recent study In fill Development for Older Australians in South East Queensland (Baldwin, Osborne and Smith, 2012) found that dwelling design needs to be responsive, flexible, and 'universal' to support 'ageing in neighbourhood'. A spectrum of infill options which responds to the diverse range of needs and preferences of individuals, at an appropriate density for the neighbourhood, was seen to be required over time, and could be accommodated in a neighbourhood that is transitioning to a somewhat higher density (Baldwin et al 2012).

A range of design solutions were tested by the study to ascertain how older people could be accommodated in infill areas of communities in ways that are liveable, sustainable and affordable. These included single level 'backyard' infill, a version of 'secondary dwellings', and a range of two to six storey developments in different settings.

The research found that participants were resoundingly against living in high rise developments, but indicated that two storey terrace housing and four storey apartments might appeal, providing they did not comprise a large number of units and had sufficient private outdoor space as well as access to outdoor green spaces, both shared on-site and in nearby public parks. Participants




Retirement Village:. Premises where older or retired people live, or will five, in independent living units or serviced units, under a retirement village scheme.

strongly objected to buildings over 5-6 storeys high (perhaps due to the lack of familiarity with living in such spaces) and generally favoured complexes of 12 to 25 units, designed to ensure privacy yet knowing your neighbours (2012).

These results may or may not apply in the ACT. The study did find a marked difference in housing preferences and amenity drivers between metropolitan Brisbane and the Sunshine Coast, and noted that how the 'ageing in neighbourhood' concept is applied is likely to differ in each location.

Added to this is the influence of the 'baby boomers31'. Literature32 strongly suggests that baby boomers will not continue the trend of moving into conventional retirement accommodation (nursing homes etc) — at least not until other housing options become untenable; hence there is likely to be a growing demand for more diverse housing choices for older people. Another study into the housing preferences of baby boomers33 found that one in five Baby Boomers are likely to require affordable rental accommodation as they get older. Affordable housing options will also need to include public and social housing forms.

The projected Woden Valley district population profile recognises that older people may seek accommodation types that could be provided in the town centre, and development to date suggests that the development industry considers there to be a market for high rise residential accommodation in the Woden Town Centre.

In accordance with the priorities of the ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021, a broader range of accommodation types and price points for elderly residents, including affordable aged housing, and new models such as Apartments for Life, should be provided. Subject to further research, it may be appropriate that housing for older people is considered comprising two storey terrace housing and four storey apartments with sufficient private outdoor space as well as access to outdoor green spaces, both shared on-site and in nearby public parks.


31 Defined by ABS as those born between 1946 and 1965 inclusive 32

e.g. Beer A and Faulkner D. (2009); Faulkner, D., Tully, S., Baker, E., and Beer, A. 2007 and Murray (2007) 33 Fujitsu Australia and New Zealand (2007)




, Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A

facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either high care (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged

• care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Current Provision: The audit identified the follows providers of residential accommodation and community care packages34 in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts:

Woden Valley:

• Brindabella Gardens Hostel, Curtin — 60 Low Care Beds

• Brindabella Gardens Nursing Home, Curtin — 52 High Care Beds

• Goodwin Farrer (George SauteIle House), Farrer —64 Low Care Beds

• Goodwin Outreach (CACPS), Farrer — 162 Community Care Places

• Goodwin Outreach (EACH Dementia), Farrer —25 Community Care Places (EACH Dementia)

• Goodwin Outreach (EACH), Farrer — 35 Community Care Places (EACH)

• Southern Cross Ozanam Apartments, Garran — 70 Low Care Beds

• St Andrew's Village Hostel, Hughes — 176 Low Care Beds

Weston Creek:

• Adria Village, Stirling — 8 High Care Beds, 34 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Care Ageing South Eastern Region, Mirinjani Community Care, Weston — 15 Community Care Places (EACH Dementia)

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village, Eabrai Lodge Special Care Hostel, Weston — 12 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village, Mirinjani Nursing Home, Weston — 108 High Care Beds and 16 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village, Mirinjani Retirement Hoste, Weston — 62 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Church in Australia, Mirinjani Retirement Village, Weston — 85 Community Care Places

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Village, Weston - 85 Community Care Places (EACH)

The total number of low and high care residential places in Woden Valley and Weston Creek as well as the number of community aged care packages, are provided in the table below.

34 I t is noted that community care packages can be delivered to residents in these districts from providers in other districts.




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A

facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Woden Valley and Weston Creek — Current Residential Care Accommodation

rommiriii Care LowC7ar'r' Bs 'HigliCare Beds

Woden Valley 222 370 52 Weston Creek 185 90 108 Woden Valley! Weston Creek

407 460 160

Benchmarked Needs: The current national targets for provision of aged care stand at 113 residential aged care places per 1,000 population over 70 years of age. This has slowly increased at various times over the last decade but has not been changed since 2007. The places are targeted by the Australian Government to be comprised as follows:

• 42 high care places per 1,000 population over 70 years of age; • 44 low care places per 1,000 population over 70 years of age; • 27 Community Aged Care Packages per 1,000 population over 70 years of age.

Comparison of the provision in Woden Valley and Weston Creek district to the national targets is provided in the following table for the current (2011) population aged over 70 years (4,150 people) and the 2016 and 2021 populations over 70 years projected under the high development demand scenarios.

Comparison to National Target Ratios, Woden Valley district, Woden Valley /VVeston Creek districts and ACT, 2011, 2016 and 2021

Woden Valley district (high development demand scenario)

Population 70+ years

Currant ProvIslOn Required to Meet Federal Target

Shortfall / Surplus in Woden .--P---i, ' Valley district

Low Care 13Zds

High Care Beds

CO munity —R- --o. Care Places

Low Care Beds

High Care ens

Community —.. . -- Care Plac,es

L w Care Ei e7di -`

High - Care

13-ed s

Comrnunity — Care Places

,

2011 4,150 370 52 222 183 174 112 187 -122 110

2016 4,553 370 52 222 200 191 123 170 -139 99

2021 5,074 370 52 222 223 213 137 147 -161 85




R e s i d e n t i a l C a r e A c c o m m o d a t i o n ( H i g h , L o w C a r e o r a c o m b i n a t i o n o f H i g h / L o w C a r e ) : A

facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who

can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care (formerly called nursing homes) or l ow care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged

care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Woden Valley / Weston Creek District (high development demand scenario)

Population 70+ years

Current.Provisiori Required to Meet Federal Target

Shortfall / Surplus in Woden Valley district

Care Beds

Community Places Care

Beds

High - Care

Beds

Community Care Places

High Care Beds

Community Care Places

Low Care Beds

High Care Beds

2011 6,650 460 160 407 293 279 180 167 -119 227

2016 7,653 460 160 407 337 321 207 123 -161 200

2021 8,874 460 160 407 390 373 240 70 -213 167

ACT (CMCD projections)

Population 70+ Current Provision.

Community Care fiii7es

Required to Meet Federal, Target

Shortfall / Surplus in

2011 26,000 1,082 702 380

2016 32,150 1,082 868.05 214

2021 41,500 1,082 1120.5 -39

Source: Department of Health and Ageing Service Lists available at: http://www.health.qov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/aqeinp-rescare-servlist-download.htm

Current Needs The analysis indicates that the current overall provision for Woden Valley district is in fact above the national target for residential care places and packages as a whole, as is the Woden Valley/Weston Creek district and the ACT. Disaggregating the provision however, the supply of high care beds is below the national target ratio for all three comparative areas.

Future Needs By 2016 and 2021, under the high development demand scenario, the shortfall in the number of high

care beds would be even greater if no additional places were provided. By 2021, the ACT would require additional community care packages (39), to meet the current national ratios.

Additionally, the government has indicated that revised benchmarks are anticipated under their Living

Longer, Living Better reform package (2012), that targets a ratio of 125 places for every 1,000 people aged over 70 years and over, by 2021-22. The tables below shows the results if this ratio is adopted.



Directorate (ESDD)WAM CSR Facility Study

Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Woden (high development demand scenario)

Population Current Provision

Required to Meet Federal

Shortfall I Surplus in Woden Valley district

Target

2021 5,074 644 634 10

Woden Valley! Weston Creek (high development demand scenario)

opulation Current Provision

I

Required to Meet Federal Target

Shortfall! Surplus In Wirociert ValliTdistrict

2021 8,874 1027 1109 -82

ACT (CMCD Projections)

,

Population Provision

.

Required to Meet Federal

J",-----.J, Shortfall / Surplus in VVoden Valley district

Target

2021 41,500 3,113 5188 -2075

These tables suggest that by 2021 the overall provision of aged care beds and packages will be on par with demand in Woden Valley district, however there will be a shortfall of 82 places or packages in Woden Valley/Weston Creek districts, and an undersupply of 2,075 places/packages for the ACT as a whole.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Plan 2008 recognises that the population of Canberra is ageing faster than any other jurisdiction in Australia. In response to this trend, the ACT Government is looking at the impact of the ageing population on the economy and in all areas of service delivery, including health services, aged care and accommodation. The ACT Government is also examining factors such as wider employment opportunities for older people, more flexible work practices and the potential availability of a wider pool of volunteers able to participate in all areas of the community and economy.

Whilst there is the need to house a growing ageing population, there is also a need to improve the elderly's access to services and facilities, particularly within centres where the greatest range of services and facilities are located. This also needs to be considered in the development of the district as a whole, particularly if a substantial amount of the district population will be 65+ years of age.

It is recognised in the Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase 3 that as the Territory's population ages,




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who

can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged


it will be necessary to provide an increased supply of affordable accommodation for the aged (including supportive housing and residential care accommodation). The action plan states that there is considerable interest among some lessees in developing supportive housing on their underutilised

or surplus community facility land. Furthermore, the ACT Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing 2010-2014 identifies the importance of locating residential care facilities and older people's housing in areas that

are close to services and the rest of the community.

Specific strategies and recommendations for addressing the affordable housing needs of older Canberrans is contained in the Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase 2. This action plan built on the previous success of the Building for our Ageing Community by attempting to remove some of the obstacles to the supply of residential aged care accommodation in the ACT. Building for our Ageing Community placed an emphasis on establishing a rolling program of aged persons' accommodation sites, and on identifying and removing unnecessary delays in projects for aged accommodation by streamlining planning approval process. The action plan recommended the continuation of the strategy by identifying appropriate development sites throughout Canberra to facilitate a mix of housing developments that enhance the provision of affordable aged housing.

The strategies included in the action plan focus on addressing the housing needs of older Canberrans

across a range of income groups and relate to:

• Increasing the supply and flexibility of public and community housing;

• Encouraging investment in affordable retirement villages;

• Increasing options for affordable housing in existing suburbs;

• Mainstreaming universal design to meet future demand;

• Improving home assessments and modifications;

• Providing better support for older Canberrans living independently and establishing a Community Access Network pilot project; and

• Encouraging private investment in flexible housing options such as apartments for life.

Consultation for this study identified that housing for the elderly needs to be affordable and accessible. It was noted that there is a need for affordable aged accommodation in locations where people can walk in safety.

Recommended Provision: Many additional factors other than population over 70 years are considered by the Australian Government in allocating aged care places, such as information on perceived demand and service

gaps provided by Aged Care Assessment Teams, ethnic communities, Aged Care Queensland, etc; SEIFA indices (areas of lower advantage tend to have higher residential aged care demand); an examination of indigenous, ethnic and pensioner statistics; and information from hospitals and Home and Community Care programmes, among other factors.




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment:

However in general it would appear that the level of provision is currently relatively good in the Woden Valley district, Woden Valley/Weston Creek districts and ACT. Strong future growth will however increase requirements for places and packages.

It is also important to consider the implications of the Productivity Commission report. Caring for Older Australians (2011) found that Australia's aged care system is not well placed to meet the challenges ahead and fundamental reforms are needed, including to the provision of accommodation. The Federal Government has responded through Living Longer Living Better (2012), which provides an aged care reform package comprising $3.7 billion over five years, however it appears generally considered that the reforms are not as progressive as those recommended by the Productivity Commission, or those required to address the challenges with which the industry is faced. This means that future trends in aged care are at present unclear.

Of particular significance to this study, limits on the number of residential places (e.g. bed licences) and aged care packages would be phased out (over a five year transition period), while distinctions between residential low and high care and between ordinary and extra service status would be removed. In doing this, the Productivity Commission recognised that the boundaries between levels of care had already been blurred by the policy of 'ageing in place' introduced by the Federal Government in 2003 (Grant Thornton 2011c).

Industry observers (Grant Thornton 2011c and 2012) consider that some of the implications of the Productivity report may be that:

• The creation of a responsive and competitive market that will require providers to change their business models and will test management skills;

• Increased levels of investment and greater levels of service innovation, including overseas competitors;

• Greater flexibility for consumers to exercise their preferences for care services and greater choice in the setting in which they receive care;

• A wide mix of innovative and hybrid models, with no one model satisfying all needs;

• High care residential aged care facilities are likely to become very much end-of-life facilities, average entry age is anticipated to be late and stays relatively short;

• Residential aged care facilities may become efficient and effective 'hubs' for servicing broader communities with a range of facilities and services;

• The line between residential aged care, community care and retirement living is likely to become increasingly blurred as residents seek to fulfil their service needs and preferences;

• Improved access to capital may prompt the upgrading of many existing older facilities.




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who

can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged


Given the current state of flux of the industry, it is difficult to make more detailed recommendations. Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts have clearly acted somewhat as a hub for residential aged

care facilities. However it would appear that in the future demand for the current type of facility may change. Redevelopment on existing sites should be promoted to meet newly emerging needs. However at the present time, it is not anticipated form the available data that further aged care places/packages should be required as a result of the population increase projected in the WAM study

area.




Aged Day Care Centre: A centre providing day respite care and activities for those who are frail, eldeq and/or living with dementia, and people with disabilities.

Current Provision: No aged day care centres were identified in the Woden Valley district, however two facilities were identified in the Weston Creek district. These facilities were:

• Burrangiri Aged Day Care Centre — offers emergency short-term residential respite (between 7-15 days) for frail aged people, when their carer or caring support systems are in crisis, as well as day respite; and

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village Day Care Centre — collocated with a retirement village, the day care centre offers respite for the frail, aged, those with a diagnosis of dementia or those who are socially isolated.


,.•Y ., , . 'rz.::; iN. -2 f fk i sa ra f f i - , - -

A g e d D a y C a r e Centre

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people Catchments

.

Current 2012 P r o j e c t e d Need ; ': shOit6iir Sliat611/ - n'iiriif,i6i Of

facilities , piiii: / . n o o f .'

,i7Opi,liflOri S c e n a r i o s

,

S i i i i i i t i s —

Current .

Siiiii1US'

, - .

:"Add::

. , , , „ . - - ,

; A',", A,, muu:,:.,

2,606.` < p.,.uu,:-4.,

oop,;. A d d 1 . 0 , 0 0 0

: ..a...,:

P."1! peojile. ' people. jieoPlet,, ....&

WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3

(Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Catchment Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7

Woden Valley and 2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9

Weston Creek

Current Needs The current population in the Woden Valley does not trigger the need for an aged day care centre. However, the facilities in the Weston Creek district provide one more centre than would be anticipated by benchmarks for the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district.

Future Needs According to benchmarks, the level of provision is likely to remain high for the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek area when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people in the WAM study area is taken into account. At this time, a facility will be near-triggered for the Woden Valley district alone.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Plan 2008 identifies the provision of appropriate facilities for older residents as one of the key challenges associated with planning for the future population of the study area. The ACT Planning Strategy further identifies dealing with an ageing population as the most significant issue. The Community Facility Needs Assessment undertaken in 2004 for the Woden




Aged Day Care Centre: A centre providing day respite care and activities for those who are frail, elderly and/or living with dementia, and people with disabilities.

Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong area also identifies meeting the needs of a dual population (increasing numbers of both young and elderly residents) and improving accessibility issues for facilities as concerns particularly significant in the study area.

The ACT Chief Ministers and Cabinet Directorate (CMCD) has identified several policy implications of an ageing population, within the context of the Population Ageing in the ACT—Issues

and Analysis paper produced in 2010. This includes the ongoing inclusion of older people in community life, so as to reduce the potential for social isolation (to which older people are more susceptible), assistance for carers and volunteering. Aged day care centres are a significant way to provide carers with some relief and enable volunteers to fulfil an important role in the community. Additionally, Woden Community Services identified during a one-on-one consultation session that ageing populations place increasing demands on home and community care services. They also highlighted that community access for elderly residents is an important consideration within the Woden Valley.

The lack of an aged day care centre in Woden was identified by representatives at the Government Directorate workshop as a significant gap in the provision of facilities for older people in the Woden Valley district.

Consultation with the Health Directorate indicated that The Canberra Hospital has identified there is a considerable need for aged day care in the study area. In particular, many workers, especially females, find it harder to enter or remain in the workforce as their parents get older. There is a need for some form of supervisory care for elderly residents that do not require a high level of care or removal from their homes. The idea of a senior centre or elderly day care centre could be considered as a means for monitoring and ensuring seniors look after themselves during the day, while allowing their primary carers to remain in employment.

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to, 'ensure that all Canberrans are able to fully participate in community life and that the most vulnerable in our community are respected and supported.' The priorities of the plan are to provide integrated primary care, early intervention and prevention, in the form of appropriate facilities for an ageing population.

The Education and Training Directorate noted during consultation that flexible use of schools needs to be considered and that schools (past their enrolment peak, or those that have been decommissioned), should be used for, or collocated with, aged care facilities.

Recommended Provision: Whilst the benchmarking shows sufficient facilities are provided within the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district based on population growth alone, the ageing population, the potential for an increase in incoming aged population during redevelopment and consultation suggests additional facilities may be needed. The additional need generated by Canberra Hospital workers and potentially other workers in the town centre supports the provision of an aged day care centre in Woden Town Centre.




Aged Day Care Centre: A centre providing day respite care and activities for those who are frail, elderly and/or living with dementia, and people with disabilities:

Opportunities for Delivery: No specific opportunities have currently been identified, however, in general, colocation of aged day care facilities within schools should be considered further.




, Senior Citizen's Club: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of activities and social interaction for older people.

Current Provision: One senior citizen's club was identified in the Woden Valley district:

• Woden Senior's Club.

In addition, the Canberra Tamil Senior Citizen's Hall was identified which undertakes cultural and social activities for its members, participates in the Community Housing Scheme, includes a meeting room and library and runs indoor games and discussion groups). This was not included

as it is not open to the general public.

Benchmarked

The

Current Benchmarks for Creek

Future The benchmarks study

Needs:

application of the DSS shows the following:

on

District

Senior Citizen's Club

DSS 1:60,000 – 1 facility per 60,000 people

, 'calEtiliiVnii

,A -diiiiViii7. ' numberof

- facilities

4772012

po , no of,-.

fac.

'

P4pFO• j,e7co,..e...d.- d- - a . l a t i n Scenarios

7 * . c r . 6 . . t f i I I,

Suplus– Current

i),

8-• 1- - -1 . i t—uis l .17?0gT

Su.p-,

10,000 pop

'A' 2500

people 5000.

people

. A 10,600 people


1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs suggest that the current number of senior citizen's clubs is more than appropriate

both the population of Woden Valley district, and the combined Woden Valley / Weston district.

Needs current provision of one (1) centre is considered likely to remain appropriate based

when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people in the WAM

area is taken into account.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Plan 2008 identifies the provision of appropriate facilities for older residents as one of the key challenges associated with planning for the future population of the study area. The ACT Planning Strategy further identifies dealing with an ageing population as the most significant issue. The Community Facility Needs Assessment undertaken in 2004 for the Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong area identified meeting the needs of a dual population

Page 182 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd.




Senior Citizen's Club: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of activities and social interaction for older people.

(increasing numbers of both young and elderly residents) and improving accessibility issues for facilities as concerns particularly significant in the study area.

The ACT Chief Minister's Department has also identified several policy implications of an ageing population, within the context of the Population Ageing in the ACT—Issues and Analysis paper produced in 2010. This includes the ongoing inclusion of older people in community life, so as to reduce the potential for social isolation (to which older people are more susceptible). Additionally, Woden Community Service highlighted during a consultation session that community access for elderly residents is an important consideration.

Senior Citizen's Clubs can provide leisure and recreation opportunities, information on services and activities and social interaction. Access to services is also an important consideration in locating any facilities for older people, including ancillary services such as a community bus on which they can be transported around town to run their errands.

A senior citizens centre could be considered as a means for monitoring and ensuring seniors look after themselves during the day, while allowing their primary carers to remain in employment.

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to, 'ensure that all Canberrans are able to fully participate in community life and that the most vulnerable in our community are respected and supported.' The priorities of the plan are to provide integrated primary care, early intervention and prevention, in the form of appropriate facilities for an ageing population.

The ACT Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing also identifies the following objectives, which are significant to the provision of clubs for senior citizen's:

• People in the ACT maintain their health and wellbeing across their lifespan to allow them to age positively and to actively participate in their community as they get older;

• Seniors use appropriate and accessible support services to assist them to maintain active and relatively independent lives; and

• People plan for their retirement and, once retired, continue to actively participate in our community through educational and recreational activities.

Broader strategies and concepts identified by the plan include encouraging senior citizens to actively participate in social inclusive events, such as those offered at a seniors club.

The Education and Training Directorate noted during consultation that flexible use of schools needs to be considered and that schools (past their enrolment peak, or those that have been decommissioned), should be used for, or collocated with, aged care facilities.

Whilst the benchmarking identifies that there is an appropriate number of senior citizen's clubs provided for within the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district, the literature and




Senior Citizen's Club: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of activities and social interaction for older people.

consultation has identified that this club may require upgrading and expansion to provide the necessary level of service to the community.

The Government Directorate and service provider workshops noted the importance of seniors' clubs to be integrated into the community rather than isolated. The workshop also discussed the need for a "Men's Shed" similar to Dickson and Tuggeranong where older men can socialise.

The ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 highlights support for seniors' clubs under pressure (from an increasing demand for the services they provide), as a 5 year strategy. Significantly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies that the existing Woden Community Centre will undergo refurbishment and redesign between 2012-2014 to become a regional community centre. It will house the Woden Senior's Club, as well as Lollipop Children's Centre and Woden Community Services Association. It is noted that a separate Senior's Club is proposed in Molonglo Stage 2 Group Centre.

Recommended Provision: The 2012-13 ACT Budget provided $550,000 for a feasibility study and forward design for a new community centre, childcare centre and senior's centre in a new complex to replace Woden Community Service's existing premises in Phillip. All three are understood to be experiencing high levels of demand for the services they provide and need more space. At the time of writing, a the CSD was writing a request for tender for a consultant to undertake this study. The preferred location of the facilities in Woden or Weston Creek has not been determined. Overall, the preferred location for a senior's centre is considered to be the most accessible centre, closer to the largest number of appropriate services and facilities (e.g. the library), and the centre to which most elderly people are likely to travel for other purposes (e.g. shopping or medical appointments). In this case, this is likely to be the Woden Town Centre. This enhances the opportunity for use of the club when visiting the town centre for other purposes.

The redevelopment of the Woden Town Centre and additional population of 10,000 people in the town centre, including a projected proportion of older people, further increases the rationale for location of these facilities in Woden.

Opportunities for Delivery: It appears that the current combined sites of the Woden Senior ClubNVoden Community Services/Lollipop Children's Centre is too small to accommodate all existing users unless a multi-storey building is constructed. No other specific opportunities in the WAM study area have currently been identified.


ACT Government Environment and Sustainable Development


Cemeteries

CemeterylCrernatoritim: A place for the interment of the dead, serving cultural and religious purposes both at the time of passing and for families' future needs. May include a chapel and/or

:crematorium:

Current Provision: The audit identified two cemeteries and two crematoria in Canberra, the former being the Woden Cemetery and Gungahlin Cemetery, which both include crematoria.

Identified Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

ligtimmumminimpwLifroimi simpagoimmigims Cemetery

DSS 1 200,000— 1 facility per 200,000 people 'Catchments

.. Current number of

,. facilities ,',-:.,'' 2011-

' 'Projected Need ; - ' ' '

Shortfall/ =SUiPlUs .;

Current - =

Shortfall/ Surplus - -'- 2031 2016 : : 2021 2026' :, 2031 .

Canberra + 1hr 2 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.0 -0.9

' Catchments .. ,

Current, neiiiber Of

,.:,-fiiiiiii-k-2, ' -

. 2012

, 04.),:. :Jiiii-of i

• fact " :

la:1'4466*f Neei0,:: ; - PoliOaticTif .C.'eniiii*': : " • —

. Shertfall/'' :.s170111=-. Y', Current

-

'Shortfall!' .: sabas ---'-Add.,.:' .10;00o P9P

. ,- :z

. 2,590 :: F.siTii_IA-:

., Add 5,000 :,:',.

": people .;.i;

.;.„..., . Md.. -,;;40,000

.: fl!.66116 l'" Woden Valley and Weston Creek

0 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 -0.3 -0.3

gigagigliwgimminimmomparmat Crematorium


Catchments - ' - Current ' i Of 2011 Projected Need . Shortfall/ ",-

=-.- ',Shortfall/ ., Surplus.- ' ::'r:*1

ntilidiei fa7CilitiaS"'" '(,).1,:.- ‘?,9-;?-1.'. . 'F:9” - ::?IT '

Surplus 'ddrre'hif

Canberra + ihr 2 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.0 -0.9

Catchments '- : CLIO-1'0M' : rianitier of

2012 Pii.'i : .,' Projected Need : Population Scenarios

, Shortfall/ ,- :Surplus :Shortfall/. ', Surplus

: faoilihes:, - ,.• no._"Of ,- tic.. .v,- - - - . .. : Add

2560 .- people

• - -- , Add :.% 5 5,000. i: .: POTOPie

Add :": .1000 , people

. Current . ' Add ;.. . ' ,....— pop ,


0 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 -0.3 -0.3

Current Needs The current provision of cemeteries and crematoria is appropriate for the population of the Canberra region according to benchmarks.

Future Needs Benchmarks suggest that population growth to 2031 is likely to trigger the need for an additional cemetery and crematorium, which would be required shortly after the end of this 20 year time horizon.




Cemetery/Crematorium: A place for the interment of the dead, serving cultural and religious purposes both at the time of passing and for families' future needs. May include a chapel and/or crematorium.

Needs to Provision: The ACT Public Cemeteries Authority has identified the need for a new cemetery to cater for the future needs of the ACT. There are currently three cemeteries in the ACT — Gungahlin Cemetery, Woden Cemetery and a smaller cemetery in Hall. The cemetery in Hall, is a small rural headstone area which is mainly for the long time residents of the Hall region. It has therefore not been included in the benchmarking analysis.

The Woden Cemetery, located in the south of Canberra, will soon reach full capacity. There are approximately 1,500 burial allotments remaining and the average number of allotments occupied each year is 200. This means all available allotments are likely to be filled within eight years. Once the Woden Cemetery is at capacity, a new cemetery will be needed to service southern Canberra (Canberra Cemeteries 2010).

According to Canberra Cemeteries (2010), the demand for cremations is also increasing, with the potential demand for cremations to increase to up to 80% of all burials. Any plans for future burial facilities should take this emerging trend into consideration.

On 6 February 2009, the ACT Government agreed to a proposal from the Authority to explore the options in determining a site for a new cemetery in southern ACT. The ACT Government and project consultants have undertaken a community consultation program to gauge public opinion on the development of a new cemetery, its location and the services the community would want a cemetery to provide. One of the key findings of this study was that the majority of the community understood that a new cemetery was necessary in southern ACT and supported its development. However, concerns over the following issues were raised, with regards to the potential location and range of services offered at any future cemetery/crematorium:

• Environmental concerns surrounding crematorium and colocation with cemetery; • Impacts on residents, local businesses in relation to amenity and views; • Access from public transport and accessibility for disabled people;

• Distance to sensitive receptors;

• Requirements for religious groups (i.e. separate facilities are required for Muslims, as their religion prohibits cremation); and

• Heritage and cultural considerations.

While a number of sites in southern Canberra have been considered for a new cemetery in the ACT, one site has been assessed as the most suitable. This site is located on the southern side of the intersection of Mugga Lane and Long Gully Road (encompassing Block 1676 and parts of Block 1677 Tuggeranong District).

During consultation, the public highlighted the need for any future cemetery/crematorium to provide additional facilities, such as a full commercial kitchen, reception area, function centre and administration, to make the facility 'complete' and offer a more convenient service (Canberra Cemeteries 2010). A high priority for the community was for the facility to be a non-Page

186 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Cemetery/Crematorium: A place for the interment of the dead, serving cultural and religious purposes both at the time of passing and for families' future needs. May include a chapel and/or crematorium.

denominational building with sufficient capacity for a wide range of uses.

Recommended Provision: While a new cemetery site is required in southern Canberra, one of the criteria of location identified by the ACT Public Cemeteries Authority is that it should be suitably located in accordance with the following criteria:

• Suitable land classification under the Territory Plan (such as broad acre);

• Proximity to main roads;

• Able to accommodate a separate or large exit/entrance;

• Minimum site area of 40 hectares;

• Flat terrain;

• 20 metre buffer zone around burial areas; • Large traffic capacity;

• Consistent subsoil with no large areas comprised of rocks;

• Able to withstand rigorous mass soil movement;

• Outside 100 year flood zone; • Low water tables desirable; and

• Access to services, public transport and utilities.

The existing Woden Cemetery was established in 1936 and was closed in 1979. It was subsequently re-opened in March 1999 and an enclosed mausoleum was added in 2001. It is considered that a further location in the WAM study area would be unsuitable.




5 Demand Analysis — Sport and Recreation Facilities

5.1 Projecting Future Needs

5.1.1 Overview o f D e m a n d Methodology

Analysis of sport and recreation demand likely to be generated by population growth in the study area has been undertaken using the following approach:

• Review of current supply and adequacy.

• Development of a Desired Standard of Service (DSS) to be applied to the study area. • Consideration of the likely characteristics of the population at three population threshold

scenarios (an additional 2,000, +5,000 and +10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre).

• Consideration of the workforce likely to be accommodated in the study area. • Consideration of the timing involved in reaching the population threshold scenarios and the

characteristics of the surrounding population.

• Consideration of current trends in sport and recreation participation.

5.1.2 DSS a n d t h e A d e q u a c y o f Curren t Supply

The current supply of sport and recreation facilities in the study area must be considered in the context of the overall district (Woden Valley) and to some extent the combined catchment of Woden and Weston districts. With the exception of local parks and playgrounds, sport and recreation facilities tend to service larger catchments. In particular sporting participation is highly mobile across the city and locational choice may be driven by a number of factors including:

• Proximity of facility and ease of access. • Reputation and management of the sporting club involved.

• Lack of alternative facilities.

• Constraints on membership/ participation numbers at other sporting clubs.

• Price or cost of participation (such as membership fees).

• Timing of competition/ participation opportunities.

Therefore consideration of the current supply and any capacity within that supply to accommodate future demand needs to be undertaken within the context of the wider catchment and the level of demand being serviced.

Supply is assessed using a Desired Standard of Service (DSS) established for the study area. This standard has been developed specifically for use in Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre and has a focus on planning for higher density (or redeveloping/ intensifying) urban areas.

The DSS is described in the following table and a detailed version is included in Appendix B.

The following table summarises the adequacy of the current supply of sport and recreation facilities and the implications of applying the DSS to projected growth.




Table 55: Sport and Recreation Facility DSS and Capacity of Current Supply to Accommodate Future Demand Facility Type (and

.

Recommended DSS for WAM/ urban Intensification

Implications for WAM

, . ... Sports Fields'

Sub- Regional: Enclosed 1 facility :20 , 000— approx. 4 Ha

Supply is adequate for current population of Woden Valley and the combined Woden-Weston district. Supply is able to accommodate growth of around 20,000 in the combined Woden- Weston district Location of enclosed ovals within a town centre not essential but they should be easily accessible by public transport.

Ovals

District: District playing 1 district field complex per 17,000 (115 ha av size)

.

Supply is adequate for current population of Woden Valley with 32 Ha of District Playing Fields. Demand from +10,000 would require additional playing fields however these could be provided outside the study area. Improving supply by expansion or upgrading existing district playing fields within the study area could be complemented with additional supply of district or neighbourhood fields outside the study area.

Fields

Local: Neighbourhood Ovals 1 oval: 6000 (2.2 Ha) (provision could be met by school oval or CRIP)

Current supply is adequate for both Woden and combined Woden-Weston districts. Additional neighbourhood ovals would not need to be provided within the study area. However as identified above there may be some overall shortage of sporting fields which could be addressed with additional neighbourhood ovals or conversion of school ovals to community accessible playing fields.

Local: Informal Use Ovals Informal active recreation space (min 1 Ha) should be provided as part of other parkland for all neighbourhoods.

Current supply for Woden Valley is adequate. Accommodating growth of up to 10,000 within the study area would need to retain existing supply of parks and informal active spaces already provided within the study area.

Built Facilities

District and Club level: Outdoor Courts and Greens

5000m2 per 10,000 pop'n (i.e. space to provide 4.5 tennis courts, 0.5 bowls greens and 1.5 Netball courts

Currently there are no bowls greens or netball courts in the district but both are supplied immediately adjacent in Deakin. Tennis provision is considered low by Tennis ACT standards (1 court per 2450 residents exceeds their preferred supply rate of 1 court per 2000 residents). Provision of additional Tennis, Bowls and Netball opportunities would most effectively be through a club or sport managed facility and does not need to be located within the study area. Population growth of 10,000 would generate demand for additional supply which could not be accommodated with existing supply.

District: Indoor Sports Courts 1 multi- court facility per 60,000-75,000. (BBall, Vball, Futsal, I/Cricket) provided as part of minimum 3 court facility. 1 multi (10) court squash facility per 100,000

Current supply offers an old 3 court indoor facility which is privately owned and operated under lease by the Southern Cross Club. However this is located on commercial land, requires upgrading and is only leased (to SC Club) till 2015. Future Growth of up to 10,000 will generate additional demand for indoor court space. Existing supply has no additional capacity and has extremely uncertain longevity. It is desirable for an indoor sports centre to be located as part of the Town centre so it can benefit from public transport access as well as accommodate additional demand generated from the workforce entering the town centre each day.




Facility Type (and Recommended DSS for WAM/ urban Intensification

Implications for WAM v. .

Sub- Regional/ District: Pools and Aquatic centres

1 major facility per 60,000 to 100,000 persons - 1 program facility per 30,000 persons

The current privately owned and operated facility at Phillip lacks all year use (heating and enclosure) and is to some extent inadequate for current demand within the combined Woden-Weston district. A major aquatic facility accommodating program, lap and leisure uses would be desirable for the district particularly when considering demand from Weston Creek and the lack of other facilities in Woden Valley and Weston Creek district. The existing facility is on commercial land and has limited security in terms of ongoing provision. However the current Territory Plan — Town Centre Development Code (Dec 2011) requires any development on the site to retain a 50 m public pool and ice skating rink suitable for national ice hocky competition. It is anticipated that like indoor courts, location of an aquatic facility within the study area (and particularly within Woden Town Centre) would be a preferred outcome to ensure greater viability for the facility as well as catering to local residents and the daily workforce. Sport and Recreation Services are currently planning for development of an aquatic facility at Molonglo which when completed would assist in meeting demand, particularly from Weston Creek.

District: other indoor facilities Provisional recommendation of 1: 30,000 (1000 m2 GFA )

Current supply for both Woden and combined Woden- Weston district appears to be adequate with supply complemented by community halls/ centres and some school facilities. Additional population growth of 10,000 would create demand that may not be met by the existing supply. While not critical it is highly desirable that any additional supply be located in the town centre or groups centre to be easily accessible to residents of high density development. Any provision however should be as part of a larger multi-use facility.

V. • 76, ' ,"?..3, '"444,15A ' ' Public Parks — ._ ii% 17414

Sub-regional: Town Parks 1 Ha+ for every 50,-100,000 persons

Current supply is adequate for the existing population and growth of 10,000 residents.

District Parks 4-10 ha for every 25,-50,000 persons

The existing district park is the only supply for both combined Woden and Weston districts. The area available is sufficient for current demand. Accommodating future growth in demand (+10,000) in the study area will require retention and enhancement of the existing district park.

Local: Neighbourhood Parks 0.25-2 Ha- per neighbourhood. (1 Ha / 1000 persons) Residences should be able to access parkland within 400m safe walking.

Current supply is adequate and the proximity standard has mostly been achieved throughout VVoden Valley. Accommodating future growth in the study area does require localised provision to service new residents within the proximity standard of 400m. The provision of neighbourhood park opportunities can be achieved through district parkland within the proximity standard.

Local: Playgrounds Provision for WAM should focus on ensuring access to outdoor play spaces is available within 500m safe walking distance and that a diversity of ages are catered

Current supply in both Woden and the combined Woden-Weston districts exceeds the current standard of 1 playground

per 1000 residents. However proximity issues (500m safe walking) have not been tested. For residential growth in the study area it will be important that play opportunities are provided within the 500m radius.




Facility Type (and Recommended DSS for WAM/ urban intensification


for. Further, there needs to be a diversity of play events and settings so different age cohorts can be catered for. Expanding on the existing provisions within the district park would be a prudent approach, however where residential growth is planned for areas without safe walking access then additional playgrounds may be needed.

Activated Park Spaces

Community Gardens 1 per 30,000 persons (2,500- 5,000m2)-

Community gardens are normally provided in responses to community demand. There is no supply currently in Woden Valley and with an increased density planned for the study area it would be prudent to consider allocation of space for a future community garden. Location of the garden would ideally be associated with other community facilities or spaces such as community centres or active park spaces and should be easily accessible to pedestrians and cyclists from the high density areas.

District: Off Leash Areas 1 large fenced Off-leash facility per district (approx. 80,000 persons)

One facility exists servicing the comined Woden —Weston districts. However it is not close to the Woden Town centre and consideration of the needs of high density residents may mitigate for a second opportunity within a local distance (1 km). This could be either an unfenced or fenced opportunity.

Local: Off Leash Areas Provision of locally accessible (unfenced) off- leash areas provided within 1 km where no fenced off-leash

facility is provided

Locally accessible off- leash areas (either fenced or unfenced) should be considered for provision in the study area or within Woden Valley

District: Youth Spaces 1 district Youth Space with skate and or other active elements. per 17,000- 20,000 0-24 y.o.

Current supply is adequate. Accommodating new demand from residential growth in the study area could be serviced with enhancement of the existing facility in Eddison Park

District/District: Exercise Destination site as part of larger parkland offering a combination of static equipment and trails based exercise opportunity. 1 per 30,000

Opportunities supplied in Eddison Park and with established bikeways and pathways. Additional opportunities for self-directed exercise should be considered for provision within the study area to provide walk to/ run to/ ride to locations to service demand from population growth and the local workforce.

Sites- Active recreation nodes




5.2 Factors Likely to Influence the Demand

6.2.1 Trends Influencing Demand for Sport and Recreation Facilities

Industry trends

There are a range of trends in the sport and recreation industry in Australia which are relevant to planning for the Study Area:

Access

• The widespread adoption of 'access for all' principles in sports facility planning, design and construction has improved design of facilities particularly in respect to allowing for increased participation by older persons and those with mobility challenges.

• Many sports centres have now developed "modified programs" which allow for greater participation across the community. In particular programs at indoor, fitness and aquatic centres have been developed that increase opportunities for older people and those recovering from injury or surgery to be physically active.

• There has been general recognition by all levels of government that investment in accessible facilities and modified programs can have significant benefits for individuals and assist in preventing future health issues. This recognition has also transferred to some funding programs where activities with a contribution to preventative health have been subsidised.

Promotion of healthy lifestyles

• State and Federal Governments have increasingly recognised that encouraging healthy lifestyles relies on investment in urban infrastructure as well as development of appropriate programs.

• Individuals are far more aware of the need for physical activity and improved physical health and market demand for all hours access to opportunities and opportunities that suit diverse work patterns has been evident in the shifting operational structure and program base of the commercial gym and fitness industry.

• Participation in physical activity has been linked to the provision of safe, accessible and visually attractive sporting facilities, pathways and open spaces.

• The focus of concentration on health promotion and education has tended to be on children (obesity) and lifestyle related disease prevention (such as diabetes), However this focus is likely to broaden to include older adults and the prevention of increased morbidity related to our ageing population.

Facility development costs and aging infrastructure costs

• An issue facing many local governments is the age of their existing infrastructure and the need for refurbishment or replacement. For many local authorities there is limited access to capital and a highly constrained fiscal environment.

• Facility providers are finding many constraints to providing more sporting opportunities due to shortage of land, and limited resources.

• More resources are being directed towards improving the quality of sporting facilities and spaces to increase their use capacity, rather than developing new spaces and facilities.

• There is increased utilisation of public-private partnerships or reliance on community based organisations to develop and operate facilities.




• Greater diversity of program and activity opportunities is required for modern viable facilities and this means that single purpose style uses are declining. However finding land and capital to develop new multi-purpose facilities is problematic in many major cities and the redevelopment of existing facilities may not always be possible due to competing land demands or the constraints of the site.

• The shift from single-purpose or dedicated facilities towards shared or multi-use facilities has meant construction of multi-purpose sport/recreation complexes, combining facilities for indoor sport, weights and fitness training, swimming and other recreation activities. Such facilities are increasingly being funded and/or operated by the private sector. This results in less duplication of facilities, more sustainable assets in the longer term, and streamlined management.

• Sporting groups have become increasingly reliant on grant funding to undertake basic repairs and maintenance of facilities.

Insurance

• Increasing insurance premiums are a significant cost for sporting and organisations with impacts felt in both public liability and insurance of assets. The viability of the groups, and their ability to organise activities (particularly events) is being affected.

-rd • Increased use of public open space by .3 party providers (such as boot camp) has created a new area of uncertainty with the potential injury of participants who are being instructed by a personal trainer but are using public parks.

• Following recent natural disasters, insurance in some areas has become either unaffordable or unavailable.

'User pays'

• There has been increased pressure on budgets across local and state government and the operation of facilities is increasingly being pushed to recover operational cost.

• The pressure for cost recovery has seen an increase in pressures to charge users for traditionally free or low-cost subsidised services and facilities.

• The cost recovery push has also spread to community sport and recreation groups who are finding increasing pressures from local government to cover more of the cost to provide and maintain facilities.

Playing Field Demand and New Approaches to Provision

• In response to recent droughts and increasing demands for access to fields, options for improving the capacity of playing fields or finding new ways to provide playing surfaces have been explored in earnest.

• Solutions that have emerged include the increased provision of synthetic multipurpose fields and the provision of playing fields (either as grass or synthetic) on top of built structures such as carparks.

• The demand for access to fields and the increasing demand for social sport opportunities in "peak hours" means that lighting of playing fields has also become a high priority as lighting allows for increased utilisation of fields.

Safety and risk management

• The increasing awareness of "risk management" issues and the need for audits of facilities is increasing pressure on older facilities to close or be refurbished as a priority.

Page 193 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bhggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



• Budgeting for facilities is moving to a "whole-of-life" approach to asset management but this means new facilities are considered not just under the capital cost but the cost for the life of the facility.

• An increasing level of professionalism is required for the management of sporting activities, facilities and events due to risk management requirements.

• Considerations of safety of users and the public are becoming pivotal in design of spaces and facilities. In some instances, community perception rather than actual incidences of crime influence design. Most levels of government now require serious consideration of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles.

5.2.2 Trends influencing participation in sport

The following general trends are evident from demographic data, ABS reporting and studies undertaken for local governments in New South Wales and Queensland:

• The population is ageing and life expectancy is increasing. In 1982 the median age of Australians was 30 years. In 2011 it was 37 years. By 2020 it is projected to be 40 years.

• Changing patterns of work include more part time, shift and extended hours of working35. In addition "hours of work" are now spread across a far wider spectrum and include weekends and evenings. This shift in work participation means that there is a declining availability of "uncommitted time" and a greater importance on the quality of the leisure experience for those in full time employment. Other implications include:

- Decreased willingness to be part of a club and commit to volunteer roles

- Sporting competitions are increasingly being held on mid-week evenings under lights.

- Declining participation of late secondary and tertiary students aged 14+ on organised competitive sport but increased interest from this group in social sport.

- Decreasing volunteer participation as coaches, umpires and officials will have an impact on the costs of sport as services that were once provided voluntarily, such as umpiring games, may need to be paid for.

- The limited time available means there is an increasing leisure expectation of "instant gratification". In many cases the participants are willing to pay extra for the "pay play and away" more comodified form of sport and this has created increased opportunities for commercial provision of activities and sport.

• A strong perception that there are increased responsibilities and pressures on club administration roles due to increased legislative compliance and expectations from government, is driving away volunteers who are concerned that responsibilities are beyond their skills or that they may face complex legal issues.

35 ABS Australian Social Trends 2008 (Cat. No. 410202008)





5.2.3 Participation in exercise, recreation and sport

Australia

Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2011 (ERASS) data36 presents the following key findings in relation to participation in exercise, recreation and sport in Australia:

• An estimated 8.3 million persons aged 15 years and over participated at least three times per week (regular participation rate), on average, in physical activity. This equates to 47.7% of the population and represents an 8% increase from 2001.

• While females participated in physical activity more regularly than males, males participated for a longer duration.

• The top ten exercise, recreation and sport activities most frequently participated in by Australians aged 15 years and over are walking, aerobics/ fitness, swimming, cycling, running, golf, tennis, bushwalking, outdoor football and netball.

- Participation in aerobics/ fitness increased the most over the past ten years (110% increase since 2001). Participation in walking, outdoor football, running, and cycling also increased by large amounts.

- Since 2001 participation in swimming (decrease of 6%), tennis (decrease of 24%) and golf (decreased of 5%) decreased the most.

• 38.5% of the population regularly participated in non-organised physical activity (at least 3 times a week)

• Females had higher regular participation rates in non-organised physical activity (41.5%) than males (35.3%)

• 12.0% of the population regularly participated in organised physical activity (at least 3 times a week)

• The total participation rate in club-based physical activity was 24.9%, with a regular participation rate (at least 3 times per week) of 6.3%

• More men participated in regular club-based physical activity (7.9%) compared to women compared to (4.8%).

• The top ten club-based physical activities in 2010 were golf, outdoor football, tennis, Australian rules football, netball, outdoor cricket, lawn bowls, basketball, touch football, and martial arts.

- Of these top ten activities, martial arts (-44%) and tennis (-13%) had the greatest decline in participation between 2001 and 2010.

The following tables provide more detail.

36 Australian Sports Commission. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Annual Report. Standing Committee on Recreation and Sport 2010




Table 56: Top 20 Exercise, recreation & sport activities of Australians aged 15 years and older (by Age Cohorts) for 201037 Activity

Participation %

15-24 %

Age Group

45-54 55-64 % %

IMO Clb

Walking (other than bushwalking) 1 35.9 10.6 28.2 35.6 45.6 50.5 47.8

Aerobics/ fitness 2 23.5 24.9 29.3 26.7 23.2 18.9 16.6

Swimming 3 13.0 11.5 15.0 16.4 15.6 11.9 7.0

Cycling 4 11.9 7.9 14.3 18.7 15.4 9.8 4.1

Running 5 10.6 14.4 17.6 15.9 8.6 3.7 1.3

Golf 6 6.7 1.8 5.5 7.1 7.6 9.5 9.4

Tennis 7 6.0 7.7 5.9 7.0 5.5 5.4 4.2

Football (outdoor) =8 4.8 16.1 5.3 4.3 1.9 **0.3 **0.0

Walking (bush) .8 4.8 1.3 3.5 6.3 7.6 6.7 3.8

Netball 10 3.7 10.0 6.7 3.1 1.2 **0.2 **0.2

Basketball =11 3.5 11.8 4.6 2.6 "0.8 *0.4 **0.1

Yoga =11 3.5 2.8 4.5 3.8 4.1 3.6 2.0

Australian Rules football 13 3.3 10.9 4.3 2.4 1.4 "0.2

Cricket (outdoor) 14 3.2 7.1 5.5 3.2 2.0 *0.7 **0.2

Weight Training 15 2.9 3.5 4.6 3.2 2.5 2.3 1.3

Touch football 16 2.8 8.1 4.4 2.2 1.1 **0.3 .*0.0

Dancing 17 2.6 5.8 2.1 1.2 1.9 2.2 2.5

Fishing 18 2.2 *0•5 2.4 2.8 2.8 3.6 1.4

Martial Arts =19 2.1 3.7 2.9 1.6 1.0 1.4 2.0

Lawn Bowls =19 2.1 **0.2 *0.7 *0.6 1.1 2.9 7.5

* Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution. ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

37 Australian Sports Commission. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2010 Annual Report. 2011




Table 57: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australians aged 15 years and over (2001-2010)38

'ACTIVITY 2009 C M . - 2006 2005 004 2003

Rate cy.)

Rate ( %)

'Rate ' (%) :

Rate ' I%)

,

Rank (%)

r-s""""Rank 1111

tate (%) '

Rate (%)

Rate , (%) %) Rate VA)

Walking (other than bushwalking)

35.9 1 36.1 1 39.2 1 33.0 1 36.2 1 37.3 1 39 1 37.9 1 30.8 1 28.8 1

Aerobics/ fitness 23.5 2 22.9 2 23.5 2 20.2 2 19.2 2 18.5 2 17.1 2 16.0 2 14.6 3 13.0 3

Swimming 13.0 3 14.1 3 14.5 3 12.0 3 13.7 3 14.4 3 16.5 3 15.3 3 14.9 2 16.0 2

Cycling 11.9 4 11.1 4 11.6 4 9.7 4 10.2 4 10.3 4 10.5 4 9.4 4 9.3 4 9.5 4

Running 10.6 5 11.0 5 9.9 5 7.6 5 7.4 5 7.7 6 8.3 6 7.6 7 7.6 7 7.2 7

Golf 6.7 6 6.4 =6 7.1 6 5.6 8 6.8 7 7.1 7 7.9 7 8.2 6 8.7 5 8.2 6

Tennis 6.0 7 6.4 =6 6.8 7 5.8 6 6.9 6 7.8 5 8.4 5 9.0 5 8.2 6 9.2 5

Football (outdoor) 4.8 =8 5.1 8 5.2 9 4.2 9 4.2 9 3.8 9 4.2 9 4.3 9 4.5 9 3.7 10

Walking (bush) 4.8 =8 5.0 9 6.4 8 5.7 7 4.7 8 5.7 8 5.2 8 5.8 8 5.6 8 5.3 8

Netball 3.7 10 4.0 10 3.9 10 3.2 10 3.6 10 3.6 10 3.6 10 3.9 10 4.1 10 4.1 9

Basketball 3.5 =11 3.9 11 3.6 12 3.0 11 - - 3.5 11 3.2 =12 3.6 11 4.0 11 3.5 11

Yoga 3.5 =11 2.8 =14 3.2 =14 2.8 12 3.0 14 3.4 12 3.4 11 3.1 13 3.0 12 1.5 =23

Australian Football 3.3 13 2.8 =14 2.9 16 1.9 =15 2.7 15 3.4 =12 2.9 15 2.8 =14 2.5 13 2.3 17

Cricket (outdoor) 3.2 14 3.2 12 3.5 13 2.5 13 3.2 12 2.9 14 3.1 13 3.3 12 3.0 12 2.7 =13

Weight Training 2.9 15 2.9 13 3.7 11 2.1 14 3.1 13 2.0 =20 2.7 14 2.8 =14 2.2 18 2.9 12

Touch Football 2.8 16 2.2 =18 3.2 =14 2.3 13 2.4 =16 2.3 16 2.3 =17 2.3 =18 2.4 14 2.7 =13

Dancing 2.6 17 2.3 17 2.3 =17 1.8 18 2.4 16 2.2 =17 2.4 16 2.2 =21 2.1 =20 2.0 20

Fishing 2.2 18 2.2 =18 2.2 =19 1.6 19 2.1 =18 2.1 19 2.3 =17 2.6 16 2.3 =15 2.4 =15

Martial Arts 2.1 =19 1.8 22 2.2 =19 1.9 =15 1.8 22 2.0 =20 2.0 21 2.3 =18 2.1 =20 2.1 19

Lawn Bowls 2.1 =19 2.0 21 2.2 =19 1.4 22 2.1 =18 2.2 =17 2.3 =17 2.3 =18 2.3 =15 1.9 21

38 Australian Sports Commission. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2010 Annual Report. 2011




Australian Capital Territory

From ERASS data39, the top ten exercise, recreation and sport activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory residents aged 15 years and over are:

• Walking (41.2%)

• Aerobics/ fitness (26.9%)

• Cycling (19%)

• Swimming (14.6%) • Running (12.5%)

• Walking (bush) (7.9%)

• Football (outdoor) (7.3%)

• Tennis (5.9%)

• Golf (5.4%)

• Netball (4.5%)

Of the most popular activities, women have higher rates of participation in walking, aerobics/ fitness, netball and swimming, whereas men have higher rates of participation in cycling, golf, running, football (outdoor) and tennis. The table following outlines participation rates in further detail.

For Australian Capital Territory males aged 15 years and over the top 10 activities are:

• Walking (30.5%)

• Cycling (24.3%)

• Aerobics/fitness (22.5%)

• Running (15.3%)

• Swimming (12.5%)

• Football (outdoor) (10.8%)

• Golf (9.2%)


• Tennis (7.9%)

• Cricket (outdoor) (4.8%)

For Australian Capital Territory females aged 15 years and over the top 10 activities are:

• Walking (51.8%)

• Aerobics/fitness (31.3%)

• Swimming (16.7%)

• Cycling (13.8%)

• Running (9.7%)

• Netball (7.3%)


• Yoga (6.9%)

• Dancing (5.2%)

• Tennis (4.1%)

Note: participation trend fluctuations in organised sports have a tendency to be influenced by the Olympics (winter and summer) and the level of success of Australian athletes. Summer Olympics occurred 2001, 2004, 2008, 2012 and winter 2002, 2006, 2010.

The following tables provide more detail on participation in the ACT.

39 Australian Bureau of Statistics: Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Annual Report. (Standing Committee on Recreation and Sport) 2009 Page 198 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants,

Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 58: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory residents aged 15 years and over (2001-2010)° ACTIVITY 11111EMIIMI fillEOSAIN 2003 2002 2001

e (%)•..•

•.e (%)

e (%)

Rate (%) •

:

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Rate (%)-H

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Ran k


41.2 1 41.8 1 42.4 1 38.2 1 41.6 1 40.8 1 44.8 1 41.6 1 33.8 1 31.4 1

Aerobics/ fitness 26.9 2 25.5 2 29.0 2 24.6 2 24.2 2 24.1 2 22.3 2 20.4 2 17.8 3 16.0

Cycling 19.0 3 16.8 3 18.2 3 16.1 3 16.9 3 17.4 3 16.2 4 17.3 3 15.5 4 14.8

Swimming 14.6 4 15.0 4 14.1 4 14.5 4 16.3 4 17.2 4 17.0 3 16.6 4 18.1 2 17.9

Running 12.5 5 11.1 5 12.6 5 11.2 5 0.3" - 9.6 5 10.4 5 11.5 5 8.1 =7 8.6

Walking (bush) 7.9 6 7.2 6 7.8 6 6.8 7 7.9 6 8.5 6 7.7 8 10.3 6 10.3 5 9.9 5

Football (outdoor) 7.3 7 6.0 9 6.4 9 5.5 9 0.3* - 5.8 =8 6.3 9 6.3 9 4.7 =9 4.2 11

Tennis 5.9 8 6.6 7 7.7 7 7.1 6 6.8 7 8.3 7 8.2 6 9.1 7 8.1 =7 8.4 7

Golf 5.4 9 6.2 8 7.0 8 6.2 8 0.7* - 5.8 =8 7.8 7 7.0 8 9.0 6 6.6 8

Netball 4.5 10 4.4 =10 3.8 13 3.3 12 0.8 - 3.8 =10 3.9 11 5.1 11 4.4 11 5.5 9

Yoga 3.8 11 3.0 16 4.2 12 3.0 13 2.9 =15 3.7 12 - - 2.9 17 2.6 =17 1.7 -

Dancing 3.3 12 3.2 15 2.9 =17 2.0 =18 2.1 20 2.8 14 2.8 15 2.1 - 2.6 =17 1.8 - Ice/snow sports 3.2 =13 2.5 18 2.9 =17 2.0 =18 2.4 18 2.4 =17 3.8 12 3.2 =14 3.3 13 3.3 =12

Weight training 3.2 =13 4.4 =10 4.9 10 2.8 14 4.1 11 2.5 =15 - 1 5.7 10 3.2 14 4.3 10

Football (indoor) 3.1 15 3.3 14 3.4 =15 3.9 10 6.4 9 3.8 =10 2.9 14 3.7 13 2.6 =17 2.4 16

Martial arts 2.9 16 2.3 19 2.0 20 2.3 17 4.3 10 3.6 13 1.9 =20 2.4 20 2.8 16 2.0 20

Basketball 2.7 17 3.4 13 3.7 14 2.4 16 2.9 =15 3.3 14 2.5 17 3.2 =14 4.7 =9 2.9 15

Cricket (outdoor) 2.6 18 2.7 17 3.4 =15 2.7 15 3.0 14 2.4 =17 3.0 13 3.2 =14 3.6 12 1.9 -

Canoeing/kayaking 2.4 19 2.0 20 1.8 - 1.5 - 0.7* - 1.3 - 0.6* - 1.0 -_ - 1.1

Australian rules football

2.1 20 1.3 . 1.0 - 1.3 19 1.2 - 1.7 1.8 - 1.8 . 1.4 - 1.0 -

* Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution; ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

40 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2008 Annual Report. 2010




Table 59: Top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities for Australian Capital Territory Men and Women aged 15 yrs and over (2010)" FEMALES - Participation Rate (%) &.Rank 11.MALESilliarticipatiork

CO

Walking 51.8% 1 30.5% 1

Aerobics/ fitness 31.3% 2 22.5% 3

Cycling 13.8% 4 24.3% 2

Swimming 16.7% 3 12.5% 5

Running 9.7% 5 15.3% 4

Walking (bush) 7.1% 7 8.8% - Football (outdoor) 4.0% .. 10.8% 6

Tennis 4.1% 10 7.9% 9

Golf 1.7% .. 9.2% 7

Netball 7.3% 6 1.7% -

41 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2008 Annual Report. 2010




Table 60: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Males aged 15 yrs and over (2001-2010)42

ACTIVIfY gIIMMNIMIMSIMMIINIMMIEA2EMr.gcgErn.fRMr(RV'kank ig1:-. '

2009 2008 BE-um 2006 IINEE=

(%) e

(%)

Ran k e

(%)

Ran k

Rate . (%) .

Rate (%)

kt-. ,

Ran k

Rate (%) l

s,-

Rate (%)

*-4. -

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Rate (%)


30.5 1 31.6 1 29.8 1 28.6 1 32.2 1 28.2 1 31.8 1 30.8 1 23.0 1 20.7 1


Cycling 24.3 2 22.4 2 23.3 2 20.0 2 20.9 2 23.1 2 21.3 2 21.3 2 19.9 2 19.1 2

Swimming 12.5 5 13.2 5 13.2 5 12.1 5 15.1 4 16.6 4 14.9 4 14.4 4 16.8 3 17.0 3

Running 15.3 4 16.1 4 16.5 4 15.6 4 0.4* 1 12.9 5 14.1 5 14.3 5 10.6 7 11.5 5

Walking (bush) 8.8 - 9.0 =7 7.7 9 6.5 9 32.2 1 8.4 9 7.2 10 10.7 7 10.9 6 9.2 8

Football (outdoor) 10.8 6 9.0 =7 12.6 6 8.6 8 0.2* - 9.1 7 8.8 8 9.5 9 7.2 9 6.9 9

Tennis 7.9 9 7.2 9 8.8 8 9.3 7 7.8 9 10.1 6 9.8 7 12.0 6 10.1 8 10.1 7

Golf 9.2 7 10.0 6 12.6 6 10.3 6 0.9* - 8.9 8 14.0 6 10.6 8 14.9 4 11.9 4

Netball 1.7 - 1.3* - 0.9* 1 0.8* - 1.2* - 0.9* - 0.9* - 1.4* - 1.8* 1 1.3* - * Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution; ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

42 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2001-2010 Annual Reports.




Table 61: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Females aged 15 yrs and over (2001-2010)43

ACTIVITY FEMALES - Participation Rate (%) &On I i 2009 2008 2006 2004

Rate (%)

125131 %)

Rate (%)

Rate ()

ii:EI Rate (%)

Rate (%)

GeLD %) (%)

QM(V0) E Rate . (%)


51.8 1 51.6 1 54.5 1 47.4 1 50.6 1 53.2 1 57.6 1 52.3 1 44.4 1 41.9 1


Cycling 13.8 4 11.4 4 13.2 4 12.4 4 13.2 4 11.7 4 11.3 4 13.3 4 11.1 4 10.5 =4

Swimming 16.7 3 16.7 3 14.9 3 16.8 3 17.5 3 17.7 3 19.1 3 18.6 3 19.4 3 18.9 3

Running 9.7 5 6.2 6 8.9 5 6.9 5 0.1*" - 6.3 9 6.9 =6 8.7 =6 10.6 7 5.7 8

Walking (bush) 7.1 7 5.3 9 7.8 6 7.1 4 6.8 7 8.5 5 8.2 5 10.0 5 9.7 5 10.5 =4

Football (outdoor) 4.0 - 3.1 - 3.2 - 2.5 - 0.4* - 2.6 - 3.8 10 3.1 - 2.3 - 1.5* - Tennis 4.1 10 6.0 7 6.7 =8 4.9 8 5.8 8 6.7 6 6.7 8 6.3 8 6.2 7 6.8 7

Golf 1.7 - 2.4 _ 1.7 - 2.2 - 0.5" - 2.7 - 1.7* - 3.5 - 3.3 - 1.5* - Netball 7.3 6 7.5 5 6.5 =8 5.7 6 0.5* - 6.6 7 6.9 =6 8.7 =6 6.9 6 9.5 6

* Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution; ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

43 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2001-2010 Annual Reports.




5.2.4 Implications o f Adult Participation Trends fo r Woden and Mawson Planning

Generally the trends indicate the following:

• Increasing preferences for social or consumer sports where no club membership and responsibilities apply. The emerging model is one of "Pay, Play and Away".

• Self-directed and exercise related activities are increasing in popularity as is participation in endurance sports such as triathlon.

• Tennis and Golf have shown declines in popularity. • Sports such as basketball and netball appear to be highly variable with some evidence

suggesting growth in these sports is due to increased offer of social competitions.

• Cricket is demonstrating a steady decline

• Football (Soccer) is consistently strong and has shown increase. One of the few organised club sports to show steady increase.

• There are indications that work related participation (e.g. lunch time competition and workplace teams in social competition) is increasing.

In regard to planning for the study area the following considerations emerge from the trend data:

• There is likely to be increased demand for social and "consumer" sport

• Access to facilities which can host social competition will be important

• Demand will be likely for opportunities to walk, run and cycle as well as other fitness related activity such as swimming and fitness gym and programs.

• Demand for gym, fitness, yoga style programs is likely to continue increasing.

• Population growth in the Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre is unlikely to create a significant demand for field sports with the exception of Football (soccer).

• Having both increased day population (employees) and increased residential in the WAM study area means that demand for lunchtime and after work social competition is likely to increase. As is early morning/ before work programs targeting fitness.





Table 62: Adult Participation trends- ACT 2001-2010 (top 20)

au,„„ria._,,,,,m„722.0 PARTICIPAltEND 2006/744.202M Walking (other than bushwalking)

Static- - top activity Static- - top activity

Aerobics/ fitness Increased from 3'd to 2"" Static — 2nd highest

Cycling Increased from ath to 3rd Static 3rd highest

Swimming Decreased from 2"d to 4th Static — 4th

Running Increased from 8th to 5th Static 5th

Walking (bush) Decreased from 8t5 to 6th Static 6th

Football (outdoor) (Soccer) Increased to 7th from 11th Increased from 9 " to 7th

Tennis Decrease from 7th to 8th Decrease from 7" to 8th

Golf Decrease from 617th to 9th Decrease eh- to 9th

Netball Overall moved from 9th to 10th- but spent 02-04 in 11th place

Increased from 12" to 10"

Yoga Large increase from 17th in 2002 to 11th in 2010

Increased from 15th to 11th

Dancing Significant increase from 17th in 2002 to 12th in 2010

Major increase from 20th to 12th

Ice/snow sports Relatively static 12th in 2001 and 13" 2010

Declined in 05-09 down to 18th but returned in 2010 to 13th

Weight training Decline from 10" to 13th (equal with ice/snow)

Decline from 11th

Football (indoor) Small increase from 16th to 15th- Has fluctuated significantly.

Decline form 9th in 2006 to 15th.

Martial arts Increased from 20th to 16th Decline from 10th in 2006.

Basketball Decline from 15th to 17th (highly variable reached 9th in 2002)

Increased in 2008 and 2009 to 13th from 15" and declined again to 17" in 2010.

Cricket (outdoor) Steady decline from 12th in 2002 to 18th Decline from 14th to 18th

Canoeing/kayaking Participation increased- did not make top 20 until 2009

1 9 t h from 2oth in 2009

Australian rules football Increased- did not enter top 20 until 2007

Was 19" in 2007 now 20th

Source: ERASS 2011

5.2.5 Children's participation in Leisure and sport

This information has been summarised from the Australian Bureau of Statistics 'Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities' (April 2009: 4901.0) and Children's Participation in Sport and Leisure Time Activities 2000-2009 (Oct 2009: 4901.0.55.001)

Overall Leisure Participation

From ABS data it is estimated that for Australia:

• 63% of children participated in organised sport outside of school hours.

• 37% did not participate in any sport outside of school hours

• 33% only played one sport while 30% played two or more during the 12 months previous

• Participation was highest for 9-11 year olds at 68%.

44 Due to data issues in 2006 some sports have no participation rate for ACT. 2007 figures are used in replacement.





• 34% participated in organised cultural activities (playing instrument, singing, dancing, drama) outside of school hours.

• 71% of children attended a cultural venue or event outside of school hours

• 26% did not participate in any organised sport or cultural activities outside of school.

Trends in Participation

• Participation in organised sport did not increase significantly from 2003 (62%) to 2009 (63%)

• Following a six percentage point increase in the proportion of children who participated in bike riding between 2003 and 2006, there was a significant decline in this participation rate between 2006 and 2009 from 68% to 60%.

• The participation rate for organised cultural activities increased 4 percentage points to 34% from 2006 to 2009.

• The percentage of participants accessing the internet increased significantly from 64.9% in 2006 to 79.4% in 2009. And 46.7% in 2000.

Participation in Organised Sport

• In the 12 months to April 2009, an estimated 1.7 million (63%) children participated in sport outside of school hours, which had been organised by a school, club or association.

• Participation in organised sport did not increase significantly from 2003 (62%) to 2009 (63%)

• Boys had a higher participation rate in organised sport compared to girls overall (70% compared with 56%) and across all age groups, with the greatest difference being between 12 to 14 year olds (boys 74% compared with girls 55%).

Most Popular Sport & Cultural Activities

• Overall, the most popular sport and cultural activities were visiting a public library (51.6%), visiting a museum or art gallery (40.9%), attending a performing arts event (29.1%), followed by playing a musical instrument (20%), and swimming (19%).

• The most popular sport and cultural activities for boys were visiting a public library (52%), visiting a museum or art gallery (41%), attending a performing arts event (29%) , outdoor soccer (20%), swimming (17%), playing a musical instrument (19%) and Australian Rules Football (16%).

• The most popular sport and cultural activities for girls were public library (56%), visiting a museum or art gallery (42%), attending a performing arts event (38%), dancing (26%), playing a musical instrument (21%), swimming (20%) and netball (17%).

• The most popular sports participated in outside of school were: swimming (19%); Soccer (13%); AFL (9%). While this order of popularity was true for boys, for girls the top three were: Swimming (20%);Netball 17%) and Gymnastics (8%).

Participation by ACT Children In Organised Sport45 (inc School)

• Children in the Australian Capital Territory had the highest rate of participation in organised sport at 74%. This compares with the lowest rate of 61.1% in Tasmania. The participation rate across Australia was 70.4% and Queensland, New South Wales, Northern Territory and Tasmania all fell below this rate.

45 ABS data table 49010do015_200904 (for organised sport participation incl school)




Table 63: Participation in Organised Sport or Dancing for Children (aged 6-14) in 2009 MD• Total%

New South Wales 324.8 275.1 599.9 71.5 63.5 67.6

Victoria 247.6 228.2 475.8 73.0 70.9 72.0

Queensland 192.4 181.8 374.2 65.9 65.3 65.6

South Australia 68.7 68.1 136.8 69.7 72.2 70.9

Western Australia 105.7 92.9 198.6 73.2 68.7 71.0

Tasmania 19.9 19.2 39.2 60.5 61.8 61.1

Northern Territory 9.0 6.7 15.7 70.5 57.1 64.1

A.C.T. 15.2 15.8 30.9 71.5 76.5 74.0

Source: Australian Bureau o f Statistics 'Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities' (April 2009: 4901.0) and Children's Participation in Sport and Leisure Time Activities 2000-2009 (Oct 2009: 4901.0.55.001)

• While ACT had higher participation rates relative to other states the time spent participating was the lowest. For the 2 weeks prior to the survey only 28.4% (of those participating) spent more than 5 hours (in the 2 weeks) engaged in organised sport while the national figure was 37.9% with NT and NSW exceeding this figure.




Table 64: Participation rate (%) in Australia for the top selected organised cultural activities and organised sports most frequently participated in by children aged 5 to 14 years (2000, 2003, 2006, 2009)46

ACTIVIrl MI 2000

'Pa m a p_atiFiRate P a r t i c i p a i -Rate, Participation Rate (%) Participation Rate (%)

Organised Sport

Swimming 18.5 1 17.4 1 16.6 1 14.4 1

Soccer (outdoor) 13.2 2 13.2 2 13.4 2 11.4 2

Australian Rules Football 8.6 3 7.5 4 7.3 6 6.6 6

Netball 8.4 4 8.5 3 9.1 3 9.1 3

Tennis 7.9 5 7.3 5 8.6 4 8.5 4

Basketball 7.4 6 6.6 6 7.7 5 7.6 5

Martial Arts 5.7 7 4.5 8 4.9 8 4.0 8

Cricket (outdoor) 5.2 8 5.4 7 5.0 7 5.3 7

Gymnastics 4.6 9 3.5 10 3.5 10 0.9 11

Rugby League 3.6 10 4.2 9 2.9 11 3.6 10

Athletics/track & field 3.3 12 2.9 11 3.8 9 3.9 9

Organised Cultural Activities

Playing a musical instrument 19.7 1 19.5 1 16.8 1 17.9 1

Dancing 14.3 2 12.5 2 12.4 2 10.4 3

Singing 6.1 3 5.5 3 4.6 3 4.7 2

Drama 4.7 4 4.5 4 4.3 4 4.6 4

Attendance a t Cultural Venues and Events

Visited a public library 53.7 1 - - - - - - Visited museum or art gallery 41.3 2 - - - - - - Attended performing arts event 33.6 3 - - - - - -

46 ABS. Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009. Page 207 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants,

Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



6.2.6 T r e n d s Emerg ing in Chi ldren 's Part icipat ion (Australia)

The children's participation surveys provide limited comparisons between the states and territories. However, it is possible to identify national trends that are emerging:

• AFL appears to be increasing in popularity.

• Netball, Cricket, Tennis and Basketball are relatively static but maybe showing a slight decline.

• Athletics is indicating a stronger trend for declining participation.

• Swimming is static at number 1.

• Gymnastics has indicated an improving popularity.

• There are differences between male and female children with field sports dominating in the top 10 far more for male children.

Table 65: Gender breakdown of participation rates in the top 10 organised sports most frequently participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009)47

ACTIVITY FEMALES Participation Glib

a 802E03

I ACTIVITY MALES Participation QM

(%)112arlb

2009 _ 2009

Rank 111 Rank

Swimming 19.8 1 Soccer (outdoor) 19.9 1

Netball 17.0 2 Swimming 17.2 2

Gymnastics 7.6 3 Australian Rules Football

16.0 3

Tennis 6.3 4 Cricket (outdoor) 9.7 4

Basketball 6.3 5 Tennis 9.4 5

Soccer (outdoor) 6.2 6 Basketball 8.5 6

Martial Arts 3.7 7 Martial Arts 7.5 7

Athletics/track and field

3.5 8 Rugby League 7.0 8

Hockey 2.4 9 Soccer (indoor) 4.3 9

Soccer (indoor) 1.3 10 Athletics/ track & field 3.0 10

47 ABS. Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009.

Page 208 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 66: Gender breakdown of participation rates in organised cultural activities participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009)48

•FEMALIES Participation Rate (%)

3

.... 'ACTIVITY MALES '114,..i... Participation

(%) 3 2009 2009

Rank,

Dancing 26.3 1 Playing a musical instrument

18.7 1

Playing a musical instrument

20.7 2 Singing 3.1 2

Singing 9.2 3 Dancing 3.0 4

Drama 6.6 4 Drama 2.8 3

Table 67: Gender breakdown of attendance rates at cultural venues and events by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009)48

pir6Mitr • X'

. . '

giiiAll:rs': Participation R6te

mmarnim

goilViti' 0-•

-

.,241..R. M ALES

, l i t . , .

articipation Rate , (%)

2009 2009

Visited public library 55.9 1 Visited public library 51.6 1

Visited museum or art gallery

41.8 2 Visited museum or art gallery

40.9 2

Attended performing arts event

38.3 3 Attended performing arts event

29.1 3

48 ABS Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009. 49 ABS Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009.




5.3 Demand Analysis

Increased demand for sport and recreation facilities will flow from population growth within the study area as well as the surrounding district of Woden Valley and the adjacent Weston Creek catchment. Currently facilities in Woden such as the pool, service demand from both Woden and Weston. A second source of demand will arise from the workforce associated with the study area, particularly office, retail and health service employees. In addition the nature of demand will change over time as the relative proportion of age cohorts in the population changes over time.

The following section details the projected demand for activities has been projected using current participation statistics and consideration of broad facility needs. The demand modelling has been based around the use of the Desired Standard of Service and the projected population growth.

Due to the mobility of sporting participants and the variability of catchments demand from the Woden Valley district has been factored into the Demand Analysis Model.

Strategic Leisure Group has developed the Demand Analysis Model to provide two planning outcomes:

• A more quantitative means for establishing the actual range of sporting facilities required to meet community demand, and

• A predictive model for future provision planning.

The "model" uses statistical and other data and is based on:

• Statistical participation data from ERASS50 (ACT figures)

• Statistical participation data from the Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities (Aust) survey undertaken every four years (April 2012 most recent)

• Calculations of the actual capacity of different facilities to accommodate users.

The structure allows the model to be calibrated for specific communities provided localised data is available. In the absence of localised data, territory-wide participation data and national participation data can be used to run the model. It should be noted the model is designed to complement other approaches and provide some "triangulation" of demand projections.

Projection method

The population data has to be calibrated for a community, this means entering in the child (under 15 years of age) and adult (15+) age cohort ratios and the total population then the participation data is entered based on available participation data for the age cohorts (see Table 68). Once calibrated, the projected population drives the model and provides the following:

• Estimated participation in different sports • Aggregated results for facility/ sport groupings

• Estimated use of facility types and facility groups

50 Exercise Recreation and Sport Survey- Standing Committee on Recreation and Sport- annual survey

Page 210 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bdggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Limitations and Constraints

The outputs of the model are broad and due to the variations in ERASS and Childrens Participation survey methodology and detail in data sets for individual communities the confidence in the outputs will vary. However the model works well in conjunction with other research methods and allows for comparison with other results (triangulation) as well as providing another perspective on predicting demand and facility needs.

The model if fully calibrated can be used to check adequacy of existing provision as well as land and facility types needed for future provision. However future trends in participation become increasingly uncertain over time. In other words, the further into the future predictions move - the less certain the possible outcome is, as too many variables affect participation choices.

Another issue is that current participation figures used to build the model may be impacted by a lack of certain facilities. For example; there may be significant latent demand for a facility or a particular activity due to a lack of appropriate or accessible facilities. As there is no way to participate, the current figures will identify a low participation rate for that particular activity and would then continue to support the notion that there is no requirement to cater for that demand. Comparison with regional or state figures is one way to identify this potential fault and some "interpretation" of data may be required to adjust the model in these instances.

The model has been designed to group or aggregate data to create a more robust result. This means that the output for "Field sports" or other groupings would indicate demand for a range of uses and a land need that applies to the "group" of field sports. This aggregated result is more useful given the uncertainty of future participation trends at an individual sport level.

For example - while we can be sure there will be continued participation in field sports we are less sure which particular sports will fuel that demand.

The model does provide more detail (i.e. per field sport type) but the level of confidence decreases as the query becomes more specific - this is due to the difficulties in getting refined data and the broad data sets currently available.

Variables

The model is adjusted with several variables including:

• Population cohorts are grouped into adults (15+ years of age) and child (under 15 years). The current percentage of each of these cohorts is used in future predictions unless specific projections have been provided. Junior participation is generally taken to be the under 15 cohort where sport specific data is provided that describes junior and senior numbers only.

• Participation data for the age cohorts is adjusted for each community and is usually based on a mix of community specific data and generalised data for the region or state often being the most recent ERASS data.

Issues with Modelling and Facility Type

One of the elements of modelling demand in this way is that assumptions must be made regarding the homogeneity of facilities. While the model attempts to deconstruct facilities to a level where




capacity can be effectively measured some assumptions are required to make the model workable with the level of data available.




6.3.3 Demand Analysis Model Output for Woden District

Table 68 Broad Demand Projections for population growth scenarios- annual participants (using ACT ERASS participation data 2011 and National Children's participation data 2012) Rikyityidemand reuMirdICiiiiIIIr3:47,10)1 Scen 1 E r . 3 6 , 10 42500 912.1 1111 30:01 W-00-01 4413021 1110-Lolog

Sports • -1

Adult PPN 1 child PFN Adult PliN

child F N 6,41.

Adu PIN

l child RPN :

Adu It PPN

child PPN

Total Participation- field sports 5,580 2,426 8,006 5,987 2,602 8,589 6,563 2,420 .8,982 7,320 2,893 10,213

Total Participation- Indoor courts

3,245 641 3,887 3,482 688 4,170 3,817 640 4,457 4,257 •765 5,022

Total Participation- outdoor courts

2,961 898 3,859 3,177 963 4,140 3,482 896 4,378 3,884 1,071 4,955

Total Participation- Greens Lawn Bowls

342 0 342 367 0 367 402 0 402 448 0 448

Total Participation- Other Indoor 12,213 1,539 13,753 13,103 1,652 14,755 14,364 1,536 15,900 16,021 1,836 17,857

Total Participation- Aquatic 4,470 1,055 5,525 4,795 1,132 5,928 5,257 1,053 6,310 5,863 1,259 7,122

Allowance for other and special sports

equest, archery, shooting, M7X, MTB etc

256 64 320 275 69 344 301 64 365 336 77 413

Beach River and Ocean Sports 1,509 111 1,620 1,619 119 1,738 1,775 111 1,885 1,979 132 2,111

Fishing 285 0 285 305 0 305 335 0 335 373 0 373

Cycling 5,409 17 5,427 5,803 19 5,822 6,362 17 6,379 7,096 21 7,116

Golf 1,537 47 1,584 1,649 50 1,699 1,808 47 1,855 2,017 56 2,072

Running and triath, x country 3,729 52 3,782 4,001 56 4,058 4,386 52 4,439 4,892 63 4,955

Walking (urban) 11,729 0 11,729 12,584 0 12,584 13,795 0 13,795 15,386 0 15,386

Bushwalking, climb, orient 2,249 0 2,249 2,413 0 2,413 2,645 0 2,645 2,950 0 2,950

Motor sport 26 17 43 27 19 46 30 17 48 34 21 54

Ice and snow sports 911 23 934 977 25 1,002 1,071 23 1,095 1,195 28 1,223

51 PPN = Partipication


• Strategic Leisure Group.



Activity d e m a r = = 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IIIM Current 2012 34,300 empo 36,800 Mae 39,300 +5000 ens 44,300 +10000

Sports Adult PPN51 child.PPN Adult PPN

child PPN IMO Adult

ON child PPN

Adult PPN

child PPN kl,

Other organised (children only) 0 117 117 0 125 125 0 116 116 0 139 139

Total Participation-Other 27,641 449 28,090 29,655 482 30,137 32,509 448 32,957 36,258 536 36,794



Directorate (ESDD) \NAM CSR Facility Study

Data for individual sports should be used cautiously due to the uncertainties already discussed. The following section highlights some implications arising from the demand projection undertaken using the model.


The Demand Analysis Model provides several significant implications for planning sport and recreation facilities in the study area. However, data for individual sports should be used cautiously due to the uncertainties already discussed. The following section highlights some key implications arising from the demand projection undertaken using the model.

Field Sports:

At the highest growth threshold of an additional 10,000, growth in field sport participation is indicated at an additional 1740 adults and 468 youth (under 15) playing field sports. This total impact of more than 2200 additional players would be difficult to accommodate with the existing supply. Particularly with the evidence provided by the sporting clubs in the study area that demand for the existing fields already exceeds available hours.

Although different sport codes have varying capacities on their fields, each field regardless of sport will have peak demand hours which, according to the clubs currently using the fields in Phillip and Mawson, have little if any capacity left.

Based on the participation figures for individual sports it is projected the greatest growth will be in football (outdoor soccer) which is currently indicating 7.3% of adults participating in the sport and 14.3% of children. This could equate to an additional 800+ players. Other field sports indicating significant growth are AFL, Cricket and Touch all with around an additional 280 participants.

Indoor Court Sports

With growth of an additional 10,000 residents in the WAM study area (threshold 3), demand for indoor court sports is projected to increase by around 1100 participants. Of these the main growth would be: basketball (+328); Indoor Soccer (+294); Squash (+154) and indoor cricket (+127). Based on averaging out user numbers across several indoor court sports and an effective 51 hours of peak and shoulder use, a single indoor court could accommodate around 1122 users week (22 users per hour x 51 hours). For squash, as courts accommodate only a max of 4 users per hour, around 204 users per week can be accommodated on average for peak times.

For the total Woden Valley District population of 44,300 anticipated in 2021 (after growth of 10,000 residents in WAM) around 5000 indoor sports courts participants are predicted. This will create significant demand and suggests that a 3+ court indoor centre and squash facilities would be required to service the demand.

Outdoor Courts

Outdoor court demand in the study area was considered for Netball and Tennis. Both of these sports are likely to have strong growth in participation. The demand analysis model indicated that at threshold 3 (+10,000 residents in WAM) another 480+ netball players and 600+ tennis players would need to be accommodated. The ERASS statistics do not distinguish between netball played as




competitive sport for an association and netball played as a social sport at an indoor or outdoor centre. This makes it difficult to differentiate demand for outdoor and indoor courts. However the indications are clear that increased court space will be required.

The existing supply of tennis courts is limited and tennis courts, like squash, have lower capacity per court than sports such as basketball. Provision of additional tennis courts within the study area would be usefuL However for netball (as there are no netball courts within the study area) it would be preferable to allow for expansion of an existing hub of outdoor courts elsewhere (to accommodate association competition) and consider the social sport participation growth as contributing to demand for indoor courts within the study area.

Outdoor Greens- Lawn Bowls

Based on the current participation reported in ERASS the growth in demand for Lawn Bowls is only around 100 players. This would not justify any additional facilities.

Other Indoor

Other indoor includes a range of sports and activities. By far the largest single area of growth is the "aerobics/fitness/yoga/weights" sector which could see an additional 3000+ participants arising from population growth in the stady area of 10,000. This demand would be split across a range of activities and primarily is met by private gym/fitness providers and large centre managers. Other activities with significant growth indicated are martial arts (+323) and dancing (+462).

This projected growth does indicate additional facilities will be needed, or at the least additional floor space will be required at existing centres such as club Lime or the Southern Cross Club fitness centre. With growth anticipated as high density in the study area it would be very desirable for the gym/ fitness facilities to be located close to both the employment areas and the new residential development. This would suggest that allowing for some floorspace for such uses within Woden Town Centre and possibly Mawson Group Centre would be prudent.

Aquatic Facilities

Increased demand for aquatic sports is mostly projected to be around swimming, and it is likely that this will be swimming for fitness (i.e. lap swimming) rather than competitive swimming. An additional demand of nearly 1500 swimmers is predicted. This supports the need for a pool to be retained in the study area and as identified in the earlier review of facilities (Phase 3 report) the Phillip pool is a critical facility for the Woden —Weston combined district. With the town centre as an employment hub there is further justification to provide a facility in the Town Centre to accommodate before/lunch/after-work

exercise related recreation.

Other sports and activities

A range of other sports and activities (mostly outdoor with the exception of ice and snow sports) are also analysed in the model. Of these, a few are worth mentioning as they have a significant impact on planning for provision.




• By 2021 (after growth of 10,000 residents in WAM) around 15,386 people will be walking for their exercise (at least once a week) in the Woden Valley District. This represents an additional 3600+ from current numbers and means that the integration of pathways and pedestrian links will be critical. With typical durations ranging from 20 minutes to an hour this means that walking loops of up to 5 km with shorter loops of around 2 km should be provided.

• By 2021 around 7000 people will be cycling for their exercise at least once per week. This means around 1700 new riders will have taken to the bikeways and roads. Provision for these users will require further linkage to the main bikeway corridors and further provision of routes that offer circuits and safe cycling at speed.

• An additional 1100+ people will be running as part of their regular exercise or related to triathlon or cross country. The impacts of this demand means that nearly 5000 people in 2021 will be looking for somewhere safe to run. Running tracks and trails in parklands, wide shared use pathways and linear open space are all important considerations to provide for this activity.

• Growth of an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Valley district is expected to add another 488 golfers to the greens in Canberra and nearly 500 more will be involved in beach, river and ocean sports such as rowing and kayaking.

5.3.4 Demand generated from the Workforce

Woden Town Centre and the Mawson Group Centre will be employment nodes for the surrounding areas. It is anticipated that of the workforce based in the study area, a large proportion will be residents outside of Woden Valley District. This means that planning for sport and recreation provision will need to accommodate the additional demand that comes from this "daytime population". Demand analysis has been undertaken for this group using the following assumptions:

• ERASS participation rates were used to project relative rates of participation

• Only those sports/ activities likely to be undertaken before/ after work or during lunch were included (this means mostly social competition or self-directed activity)

• A rate of 10% of potential participation was adopted to project possible workforce participation52 (in other words of the proportion likely to participate in a particular activity on a regular basis it is assumed that 10% will do so within the Woden Valley District either before or after work or during their lunch break)

The potential participation from the workforce allows further analysis of likely facility demand as well as providing some indication of the number of users of more informal spaces such as open areas in parks, bikeways and outdoor exercise sites.

The following table summarises the results from the analysis:

52 No research data was found that indicated workforce sport and recreation activity participation rates for Canberra so an estimate was used

Page 217 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, ACT Government, Environment and Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Sustainable Development Strategic Leisure Group. Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Table 69 Possible participation rates in daytime sport and recreation activities among the Woden Valley workforce who are not residents of the Woden Valley Activitiiglikely to appealto—WakforCe (nonzrOsident yvorkforce,estitO ate)

2 01 _—_1 ).. ,.. (16,386) 2016

17,535) (18,678)

Athletics / track and field 10 11 11

Soccer (outdoor) 120 128 136

Touch football 49 53 56

Badminton 15 16 17

Basketball 44 47 50

Cricket (indoor) 23 25 26

Soccer (indoor) 51 54 58

Hockey (indoor) 13 14 15

Netball 74 79 84

Volleyball 13 14 15

squash/racquetball 28 30 32

Tennis 97 103 110

Martial Arts 48 51 54

Table Tennis 11 12 13

Dancing 54 58 62

aerobics/fit/yoga/ weights 555 594 633

Other indoor (Billiards, darts, ten pin, roller 18 19 21

Swimming 239 256 273

Water Polo 5 5 6

Aquarobics 13 14 15

cycling 311 333 355

running and triath, x country 215 230 245

walking (urban) 675 722 770

While these figures provide some indication. It must be noted that participation in many of these activities will be dependent on the programming of activity by sports centres and other providers. Activities such as swimming, running, walking, cycling and gym/ fitness are more likely to be self-directed.




5.3.5 Demand Indicated by the Proposed DSS Application to Growth Projections

Applying the proposed Desired Standards of Service (DSS) to the projected growth in the study area offers an indication of facility demand based on the DSS. This is a different approach to using the Demand Analysis Model which investigates participation numbers as opposed to Facility demand.

The implications of applying the proposed DSS is explored in Table 55: Sport and Recreation Facility DSS and Capacity of Current Supply to Accommodate Future Demand The DSS is based on current standards in use in the ACT and the analysis of current supply relative to populations. In addition the proposed DSS (see Table 70) has been refined to reflect its application in a redeveloping urban area where the predominant growth will be in higher density development.

The following table summarises the key facility issues arising from application of the proposed DSS to the projected growth scenarios of 2500, 5000 and 10,000.

Table 70: Sport and Recreation Facilities Needs Identified by Applying the Proposed DSS to Growth Scenarios 'Rate (1 per) Footprint ( h a ) C o m m e n t g l i v p h i = r o o INNE-71:----g,0Oammi N u pkg=m_cilim

Number of facilities

Number of facilities

=At) Number of facial-es

Sport's Fields' l000: .VV

1 5 ' overall spatial standard , Jor.fields x

' '13.:751 . 5 -

Enclosed Ovals 20000 4 0.5 0.13 1.00 0.25 2.00 0.50

District Playing Fields 17000 15 2.21 0.15 4.41 0.29 8.82 .

0.59

Neighbourhood Ovals/ or alternative CR1P, school)

6000 2.2 0.92 0.42 1.83 0.83 3.67 1.67

' Bildt' FaCilitiei" - '

Outdoor district courts (tennis, netball, bowls)

10000 0.5 combined area i.e. space to provide 4.5 tennis courts, 0.5 bowls greens and 1.5 Netball courts

0.13 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50 1.00

Indoor courts-District (BB,VB, /C, Futs)

20000 0.1 Preferred rate of 60,000- 75000 persons to a 3 court indoor facility plus ancillary but excl parking-needing

abt 3000m2 GFA

0.01 0.13 0.03 0.25 0.05 0.50




Facility 1213:41011 Footprint (ha) Comment Plus zoo Plus 5,000 10,000 11::00 Number of Number of

facilities Number of facilities

Indoor courts (squash) 11000 0.1 Preferred approach a 10 court squash facility is per 100,000 (- multi district/ sub regional facility)

0.02 0.23 0.05 0.45 0.09 0.91

Aquatics- major 60000 0.15 catchment range 60- 100,000- major facil with leisure water

0.01 0.04 0.01 0.08 0.03 0.17

Aquatics - Program 30000 0.1 small program pool 25 m heated

0.01 0.08 0.02 0.17 0.03 0.33

..".", . 4 ..., 1:1,11 131j.S,, r,IS.S

Town parks 100000 1 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.10

District 50000 10 range is 25-50,000. size is 4-10 ha

0.50 0.05 1.00 0.10 2.00 0.20

Local 1000 1 size is range of .25-2 Ha - 400 m proximity standard

2.50 2.50 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00

Playground 1000 0.05 0.13 2.50 0.25 5.00 0.50 10.00

Community Gardens 30,000 .25-.5 Usually provided in response to community request

0.02- 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.08 0.33

Off Leash Areas (fenced) 80000 0.3 Unfenced areas provided at local (sub-district scale supplement fenced areas.

:0.01- 0.03 ,

0.02 0.06 0.04 0.13

Youth Space 60000 .25 Can also be provided at rate of 1 / 17000 0-24 year olds

0 01 . 0.04. . - .

.0.02 0.08 0.04 . 0.17

Active Recreation Node/ exercise site

30000 0.1 Provided in parkland .0.01 •0.08

0.02, 0.17 0.03 0.33



Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSIR Facility Study

At the maximum growth scenario of plus 10,000 people in the study area, the demand from those 10,000 indicated the following significant facility considerations53:

• An additional 15 Ha of sporting fields comprised of 1/2 an enclosed oval (2 ha), 8.8 Ha of District fields and 3.67 ha of Local fields (neighbourhood oval/ CRIP or School based community field);

• An additional 0.5 Ha for outdoor courts serving netball and tennis and bowls; • An additional squash court; • An additional 2 Ha of district parkland;

• An additional 10 Ha of local parks comprised of 10 sites;

• An additional 10 local play opportunities.

53 Note these indications are for the 10,000 additional only and are not an assessment of the overall provision needs or overall demand for the whole population.




6 Next Phases

As stated in Section 1, the primary purpose of this narrative report is to provide an update on the tasks undertaken to as part of the phase 4 scope of works and a description of the preliminary findings from the analysis.

As per the project plan, the next phase of the project (Phase 5: Issues Paper and Information Package) involves:

• Preparation of a draft issues paper that summarises key research findings from preceding phases of work;

• Preparation and delivery of an issues paper workshop with ACT Government Directorates;

• Preparation of a final issues paper incorporating feedback received during the ACT Government Directorate workshop and from the ESDD Project Manager and Project Steering Group;

• Preparation of an information package that summarises key research findings.

The first of these deliverables will be the draft issues paper to be provided to ESDD on 26 November 2012.




References

ACT Demographer (2012), Canberra Plus 1'— Recent Population Trends, Economic, Regional and Planning Policy, Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate, April 2012.

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2012a. Clinical Sen/ices Plan 2012-2017 Draft for Consultation. Available at: http://www.health.act.gov.au/consumer-infornnation/communitV-consultation/clinical-services-plan-2012-2017-draft.

Accessed September 13, 2012.

Australia Forum Overview (2011), A centre for significant events, meetings and dialogue in the nation's capital. The home of democratic dialogue. Overview.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2007). Census of Population and Housing: Time Series Profile 2006: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Woden, Weston Creek, Phillip, Pearce, Mawson, Torrens, Farrer, Isaacs [data]. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2008). SE1FA: Socio-economic Indexes for Areas, 2006: Statistical Local Areas. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2011). Census Dictionary 2011, 2901.0 Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012a). 2011 Census of Population and Housing: Basic Community Profile 2011: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Woden, Weston Creek, Phillip, Pearce, Mawson, Torrens, Ferrer, Isaacs [data]. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012b). Census of Population and Housing: Time Series Profile 2011: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Woden, Weston Creek, Phillip, Pearce, Mawson, Torrens, Farrer, Isaacs [data]. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012c). Regional Population Growth, Australia, 3218.0 Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012d). Census of Population and Housing: TableBuilder Pro [Data] Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Baldwin C., Osborne C. and Smith P. (2012) Infill Development for Older Australians in South East Queensland; An Analysis of the Preferences of Older Australians in an Urban Environment. Available at: http://www.usc.edu.au/seniorlivinq.

Beer A. and Faulkner D. (2009) 21st Century Housing Carers and Australia's Housing Future. AHURI Southern Research Centre.

Canberra Convention Bureau (2012), Major Australian Convention Centres Comparison Report, January 2012,


ACT Government, Environment and - Sustainable Development


Commonwealth Department of Health and Ageing (2012) Living Longer Living Better. Available at: http://www.health.qov.au/internet/publications/publishinq.nsf/Content/aqeinq-aqed-care-reform-measures-toc.

Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations (DEEWR) (Australian Government) (2012) Small Area Labour Markets (SALM) data. Available at: http://www.deewrgov.au/Imip/defaultaspx?LMIP/SALM

Faulkner, D., Tully, S., Baker, E., and Beer, A. 2007, Report on the Outcomes o f Focus Groups for the South Australian Ageing Atlas: Ageing and its Implications for Social and Planning Policy, prepared for Planning SA, April 2007. Available at: http://www.fli nders.ed u. a u/sabs/fih ure/completed-research-details.cfm

.

Fujitsu Australia and New Zealand (2007), A Generational Shift: The Next Wave o f Aged Care, October 2007.

Grant Thornton (2011c), Retirement Living. Industry Trends and Prospects. Prepared for the Retirement Villages Association. Available at: http://www.qrantthornton.com.au/Industry-specialisation/aqed

care.asp.

Grant Thornton (2012a), Caring for Older Australians. Available at http://vvww.grantthornton.com.au/Industry-specialisation/aqed care/productivity commission 2010/the report.asp.

Hitchcock, G. (2011), Libraries face a digital future, Guardian Government Computing, Available at: http://www.quardian.co.uk/qovernment-computinq-network/2011/nov/14/diqital-future-libraries-e-books

Accessed 24 October 2012.

Murray, S. (2007) Ageing o f the Aquarius, Report May/ June 2007. Available at: http://www.architecturemedia.com/aa/aaissue.php?article=12&issueid=200705&typeon=2

Productivity Commission (2011), Caring for Older Australians, Productivity Commission Inquiry Report, Overview and Volumes 1 and 2. Available at: http://www.pc.qov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0004/110929/aqed-care-volume1.pdf.

Productivity Commission: Steering Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision (2012) Report o f Government Services 2012. Australian Government.

State Library of New South Wales (2005) People Places: A guide for public library buildings in New South Wales, Second Edition. Available at: http://www.sl.nsw.qov.au/services/public libraries/library mqt/lib management docs/peo pleplaces 2ndedition.pdf

Suttor, John D. (2009), The Future o f libraries, with or without books, Available online at: CNN Technology. Available at: http://articles.cnn.com/2009-09- 04/tech/future.library.technoloqy 1 metropolitan-library-librarians-books? s=PM:TECH. Accessed 24 October 2012.





Urbis (2012) Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study: Narrative Report 2: Socio-economic Scenarios DRAFT— July 2012.




woden, athllon, mawson (wam) community, sport and recreation (csr) facility study phase 4: report

Documents